Anda di halaman 1dari 530

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 1

A380 (FCTP)

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Issue 05 FEB 2009


TABLE OF CONTENTS

00 - GENERAL INFORMATION

02 - TYPE RATING COURSES

• Standard Transition Course .....................................................L F2S


• Cross Crew Qualification :
- A330 / A340 to A380 course ................................................L FQF/G
- A320 to A380 course ............................................................L FQE
• Skill Test
• Base Training

04 - RECURRENT TRAINING ..........................................................L FC4

11 - AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE (INITIAL)..................L F11

12 - AIRBUS PILOT INSTRUCTOR COURSE (TRANSITION)........L F12

13 - CROSS INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION .................................L F13

18 - LOW VISIBILITY OPERATIONS.................................................L F18

23 - REFRESHER COURSE...............................................................L F23

35 - HUD TRAINING ...........................................................................L F35

00-TOCgeneral.fm
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 2
A380 (FCTP)

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TABLE OF CONTENTS Issue 04 MAY 2008

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

00-TOCgeneral.fm
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 1
A380 (FCTP)

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM REASON FOR CHANGE Issue 05 FEB 2009

Issue Reason for


Identification Page Issue out
in change
Table of contents p.1 04 05 HUD course
added

GENERAL INFORMATION
Organzation of the 00-01 p 2, 3, 4 04 05
manual
List of Normal 00-02 p.1 04
Revision

STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)


LF2S 02-00 p. 1 03 05 - Insertion of EA
02-01 p. 3, 4, 5, 7, 13 04 GP 7272 take off
02.02 p. 1, 2 04 data
02.03 p. 1, 2B to 2F 04 - Insertion of
p. 3, 4 03 HUD option (see
p. 5, 6D / 6 03 / 04 introduction,
p. 7, 8D / 8C, 8E 04 / 03 training footprint
p. 9, 10B, 10C 03 and LF2S
p. 11, 12, 12B 04 syllabus from
p. 14B, 14C 03 FFS 2 to FFS 7)
p. 15, 16, 6D / 16E,16F 04 / New - MFTD 4: Active
p. 17, 18, 18A, 18B, 18D 03 Fuel & Load
/ 18C / 04 figures changed
p. 19, 20, 20D / 20A 04 / 03 + session guide
p.21, 22 / 22B 03 / 04 item 2 : new
02.04 p. 1, 2, 2A / 2C, 2D 03 / 04 scenario of
2E, 2F New Loadsheet LMC
p. 3, 4A, 4D / 4 03 / 04 - FFS 2 trainee 2:
p. 5, 6, 6D / 6A 04 / 03 high energy go
p. 7, 8, 8D / 8A 03 / 04 around exercice
p. 9, 10, 10A, 10C 03 - FFS 6 session
p. 11, 12, 12D, 12E / 04 / guide, item
12A,12B, 2C 03 9:APU start at FL
p. 13, 14A / 14, 14D 03 / 04 200 iso 250

+ minor
corrections and
improvement

Filing.fm
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 2
A380 (FCTP)

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM REASON FOR CHANGE Issue 05 FEB 2009

Issue Reason for


Identification Page Issue out
in change

CCQ (LFQF/G & LFQE)


A330 / 340 to A380 02.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA
LFQF/G 02.02 p. 1 / 2 04 / 01 GP 7272 take off
02.03 p. 1, 2B, 2C, 2D 04 data
p. 3, 4 , 4C / 4D / 4E, 4F 04 / 03 / new - MFTD A is now
p. 5, 6 / 6 C, 6D, 6E, 6F 04 / new the same as for
p. 7, 8, 8C / 8D 04 / 03 LF2S and timing
02.04 p. 1, 2, 2C 04 changed from
p. 3, 4, 4B 04 1:30 to 2:00
p. 5, 6, 6B 04 - MFTD 1 :
session guide
item 16 : new
scenario of
Loadsheet LMC
- MFTD 2 session
guide item 9:
demonstration for
ECAM philo /
management
modified

+ minor
corrections and
improvement

A320 to A380 02.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA


LFQE 02.02 p. 1, 2 04 / 01 GP 7272 take off
02.03 p. 1, 2B, 2C, 2D 04 data
p. 3, 4 , 4C / 4D / 4E, 4F 04/01/New - MFTD A is now
p. 5, 6 / 6 C, 6D, 6E, 6F 04 / new the same as for
p. 7, 8, 8C / 8D 04/03 LF2S and timing
02.04 p. 1, 2, 2C 04 changed from
p. 3, 4, 4B 04 1:30 to 2:00
p. 5, 6 / 6B 04 / 03 - MFTD 1 :
p. 7, 8, 8B 04 session guide
item 16 : new
scenario of
Loadsheet LMC
- MFTD 2 session
guide item 9:
demonstration for
ECAM philo /
management
modified

+ minor
corrections and
improvement

Filing.fm
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 3
A380 (FCTP)

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM REASON FOR CHANGE Issue 05 FEB 2009

Issue Reason for


Identification Page Issue out
in change

Skill Test
02.07.01 p. 1, 2, 3, 4 03 05 In the
introduction :
addition of
paragraph
C. Conducting
the session

APIC (LF11 & LF12)


Initial LF11 11.01 p. 4 04 05 - Insertion of EA
11.04 p. 7 GP 7272 take off
p. 9 data
p. 11 - FFS 6 test
p. 13 session tutor
p. 15 only: insertion of
p. 16A, 16B explanations to
p. 18E, 18F, 18G, 18H the students
regarding the role
play

+ minor
corrections and
improvement

Transition LF12 12.01 p. 3 04 05 - Insertion of EA


12.04 p. 3, 4, 5 GP 7272 take off
p. 7 data
p. 9, 10B, 10C - FFS 4 test
p. 11, 12A, 12D session tutor
p. 14E, 14F, 14G, 14H only: insertion of
explanations to
the students
regarding the role
play

+ minor
corrections and
improvement

REFRESHER COURSE (LF23)


LF23 23.02 p. 1 04 05 - Insertion of EA
23.03 p. 5-6 GP 7272 take off
p. 7-8 data
p. 9-10

HUD COURSE (LF35)


LF35 ALL 05 New FCTP issue

Filing.fm
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Page 4
A380 (FCTP)

FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM REASON FOR CHANGE Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

Filing.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION

GENERAL INFORMATION 00.00 Page 1


A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
00.00

00.01 - ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

00.02 - LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS

00.03 - LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

00-00.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.00 Page 2
A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
00.00

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

00-00.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.01 Page 1
A380
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
00.01ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL

01 - FOREWORD
The Flight Crew Training Program (FCTP) is the support documentation for Flight Crew
instructors ONLY.

The FCTP is sent to each Customer Airline's Flight Operation Department and is updated via
a "Revision Service".

The extract of FCTP dedicated to trainees is called “trainee’s booklet” : it includes the training
session preparation and syllabi, with the relevant support documents (Airbus Training Airport
Jeppesen charts and cockpit panels).

02 - CONTENTS
The FCTP includes all the Flight Crew courses offered by the Airbus Training Centres.
Within each course the sessions are presented using the same format with :
- The takeoff data and session syllabus based on Airbus Airport
- The session preparation
- The session guide

03 - NORMAL REVISIONS
They are issued periodically to cover changes and / or to add new data.
One document added to each revision facilitates its incorporation :
• The "Reason for change" sheet : it lists the pages to be removed or inserted.
Normal revisions are recorded in the "List of Normal Revisions" section.

04 - TEMPORARY REVISIONS
They are printed on yellow paper and are issued when justifying urgent action between
normal revisions.
Temporary revisions are recorded in the "List of Temporary Revisions" section.

00-01.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.01 Page 2
A380
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
00.01

05 - PAGINATION

02.00 Page #
LANGUAGE ADAPTED COURSE
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
Issue 01 JUL 2006
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

Chapter title

Section title

Chapter number - Section number - Page number


Aircraft code (i.e. E) - Course type number (i.e F2A)

1. Aircraft codes
B = A310 E = A320 F = A340-300 G = A330
D = A300-600 H = A321 C = A340-600 L = A380
J = A319

2. Course type number (refer to your FCTP’s TABLE OF CONTENTS)


NOTE : “F” means “Flight Crew courses” (while “M” means “Maintenance courses”)

Chapter number and course type number are the same.


Examples : - Chapter 02 is dedicated to the Transition course)

Revision number

Revision date

A revision bar in front of a line indicates that the line has been revised
A revision bar in front of the page number indicates that the whole page has been revised.

00-01.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.01 Page 3
A380
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
00.01

06 - COMMENTS - QUESTIONS - SUGGESTIONS

All m anual holders and users are encouraged to forward their questions
and suggestions regarding the Flight C rew T raining Program using the following
C O M M EN TS - Q U ESTIO N S - SU G G ESTIO N S sheet.

By postm ail : A IR B U S TR A IN IN G C EN TR E
Training and Flight O perations Support and Services
5 rue G abriel C lerc
31707 BLAG N AC C ED EX - FR AN C E
AT T N . : FC T P Supervisor

By fax : 33.(0)5.62.11.07.40
AT T N . : FC T P Supervisor

By e.m ail : flightcrew.training-policy@ airbus.com

C ustom er ID :

N am e : First nam e :

D ate : Airline :

Aircraft type :

FC TP reference :

C hapter / C ourse : Section :

Page : R evision num ber :

Q uestions / Suggestions :

00-01.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.01 Page 4
A380
ORGANIZATION OF THE MANUAL
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
00.01

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

00-01.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.02 Page 1
A380
LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
00.02LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS

ENTRY INTO SERVICE


N° ISSUE DATE
DATE
Issue 00 JUN 2007 08 JUN 2007
Issue 01 JUL 2007 02 JUL 2007
Issue 02 AUG 2007 28 AUG 2007
Issue 03 NOV 2007 29 NOV 2007
07 JUL 2008
Issue 04 MAY 2008
LF12 N° 89334 (UAE)
Issue 05 FEB 2009 23 MAR 2009

00-02.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.02 Page 2
A380
LIST OF NORMAL REVISIONS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
00.02

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

00-02.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.03 Page 1
A380
LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
00.03LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

ENTRY INTO
TR ISSUE DATE IN LOCATION
SERVICE DATE

00-03.fm
GENERAL INFORMATION 00.03 Page 2
A380
LIST OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
00.03

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

00-03.fm
FLIGHT CREW STANDARDADAPTEDFIRST TYPE RATING ON
MULTI-PILOT AIRPLANE TRANSITION COURSE

FLIGHT CREW TRANSITION COURSE 02.00 Page 1


A380 L F2S
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.00

02.01 - INTRODUCTION

02.02 - TRAINING FOOTPRINT

02.03 - GROUND PHASE


MFTD A (COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION) ..........1
MFTD B (FMS)..........................................................................3
MFTD C (FMS) .........................................................................5
MFTD D (SYSTEMS REVIEW).................................................7
MFTD 1 (SOP) ..........................................................................9
MFTD 2 (SOP) ..........................................................................11
MFTD 3 (SOP) ..........................................................................13
MFTD 4 (SOP) ..........................................................................15
MFTD 5 (Failures) ....................................................................17
MFTD 6 (Failures).....................................................................19
MFTD 7 (Progress Check) ........................................................21

02.04 - HANDLING PHASE


FFS 1 ........................................................................................1
FFS HUD FAMILIARIZATION (HUD OPTION) .........................See LF35
FFS 2 ........................................................................................3
FFS 3 ........................................................................................5
FFS 4 ........................................................................................7
FFS 5 ........................................................................................9
FFS 6 ........................................................................................11
FFS 7 ........................................................................................13

02.05 - ALOFT (AIRBUS LINE ORIENTED FLIGHT TRAINING)

02-00.fm
FLIGHT CREW TRANSITION COURSE 02.00 Page 2
A380 L F2S
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.00

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

02-00.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 1
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.01INTRODUCTION

01 - GENERAL

A. PHILOSOPHY OF THE COURSES


The Flight Crew Transition Courses are based on the following three principles :

• Systematic approach to instruction,


• Learning by doing,
• Training to proficiency.

a. Systematic approach to instruction :


The task of training must be considered as a whole and an instruction system must be
defined to achieve the training objectives. These objectives are determined by a task
analysis. Methods and means necessary to implement the instruction system are cho-
sen for their qualities and adaptability to the objectives.

b. Learning by doing :
Practical systems training is progressively introduced with the implementation of the
Standard Operating Procedures (SOP’s), crew concept and task sharing in a close to
real environment using the MFTD (Maintenance and Flight Training Device)
functionality.

c. Training to proficiency :
At the end of the training program, the crew must be able of carrying out their tasks
safely and efficiently, in accordance with the training objectives. Therefore, it is not pos-
sible to permit a trainee to move up from one phase to the next until he has acquired the
skills necessary to complete the objectives.

NOTE : CRM (Crew Resource Management) is fully integrated in the Type Rating courses.

B. PREREQUISITES
(Defined by clause 16 in aircraft purchase contract.)

In order to ensure consistent proficiency at the end of the course, minimum experience is
required for entry. The prerequisites listed below are the minimum requirements specified
for Airbus Training.
The entry level prerequisites for the Type Rating courses are mandatory. If pilots do not
meet these prerequisites, Airbus Training may provide ELT (Entry Level Training approved
by Airbus Training) at Customer's request.

If the appropriate regulatory agency and/or specific airline policy demands greater or
additional requirements, they will also apply as prerequisites.

02-01.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 2
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

a. Captain Prerequisites
Previously qualified on JAR / FAR 25 turbojet aircraft equipped with glass cockpit tech-
nology including FMS and commercial operations.
• Valid and current ATPL,
• Previous command experience,
• Jet experience,
• Fluent in English 1,
• Flight time :
- 1 500 hours as pilot,
- 1 000 hours on JAR / FAR 25 aircraft,
- 200 hours experience as airline, corporate or military transport pilot.
If prerequisites are not fulfilled, the trainee’s file will be studied on a case by case
basis, and a training proposal will be given by Airbus Training.

b. First Officer Prerequisites :


Previously qualified on JAR / FAR 25 turbojet aircraft equipped with glass cockpit tech-
nology including FMS and commercial operations.

• Valid and current CPL with IR


• Jet experience
• Fluent in English1,
• Flight time :
- 500 hours as pilot
- 300 hours on JAR/FAR 25 aircraft
- 200 hours experience as airline, corporate or military transport pilot.
If prerequisites are not fulfilled, the trainee’s file will be studied on a case by case
basis, and a training proposal will be given by Airbus Training.
Note: According to AMC FCL 1.261(c)
For multi-pilot aeroplanes where the student pilot (captain and first officer) has more
than 500 hours MPA experience in aeroplanes of similar size and performance, Base
Training should include at least 4 landings of which at least one should be a full stop
landing.
In all other cases the student should complete at least 6 landings.

C. REGULATION REFERENCES
The course and skill test have been designed taking into account the following regulation
references.
- ICAO - Annex 1 Personnel licensing
- French DGAC - Arrêté du 29 mars 1999 (FCL 1) modifié relatif aux licences et
qualifications de membre d’équipage de conduite avion
- JAR-FCL1
- FAR 121
- FAR 142

1. When the Trainee does not speak English or is not fluent enough to follow our Standard course he
will follow the Language Adapted course (specific language adaptation).

02-01.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 3
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

02 - TRANSITION COURSES AND FAMILIARIZATION COURSE DESCRIPTION

A. TRANSITION COURSES
• The Standard transition course is the basic transition course
The HUD OPTION includes CBT that must be completed prior to the HUD
Familiarization FFS session (after FFS 1 of standard transition course).
FFS 2 to FFS 7, LVO and Skill Test are then conducted with the HUD deployed.

• The Language Adapted course is designed from the Standard course and consists of :
- Projected CBT with an instructor,
- Extra MFTD (Maintenance & Flight Training Device) and simulator sessions
(spare sessions). TBD

NOTE : Transition courses are performed on the base aircraft.

B. FAMILIARIZATION COURSE
Same Type Rating permits the carry-over of total credit for crew qualifying from one variant
of aircraft type to another, based on common cockpit and flight characteristics.
It allows pilots to get a single type rating to fly all the variants of a same aircraft family,
provided they performed the relevant Familiarization Course :

A380-800 RR to EA Familiarization Briefing 1:00 of CBT (ATA 70)


A380-800 EA to RR Familiarization Briefing 1:00 of CBT (ATA 70)

Familiarization course is self-study training.


This self-study training shall be completed before base training (if applicable).
The level of knowledge will be assessed during the briefing.

03 - COURSE ORGANISATION

A. DESCRIPTION
The instruction concept applied by Airbus uses a program divided into phases.
Airbus Airport is used for most of the sessions.

a. Ground phase
• Welcome briefing (day 0) : general introduction presenting :
- Airbus Training Center
- Course description
- Airbus electronic documentation
• Airbus Procedure Pilots Interactions (APPI) module :
This presentation is given on day 6 and explains that a safe and efficient flight can be
achieved by a good interaction between aircraft cockpit, procedures and pilots.

02-01.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 4
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

The content is :
I. Airbus cockpit philosophy
II. Airbus procedures
III. Pilots : identifiy and understand some human behaviours (individual and collective)
that are likely to induce risk in operational situation.
IV. Aircrat cockpit, Procedures, Pilots Interactions : illustrate how
- Airbus cockpit
- Airbus procedure
- Pilots
Interact in real life through operational scenario.

1. CBT (Computer Based Training)


• The aircraft systems study is progressively introduced until day 8 and is carried out in a
classroom. From day 8 onwards, the trainee will continue to study the aircraft systems
using the MFTD, the FCOM and if necessary CBT.
The aim is to review and reinforce systems knowledge, in order to pass the systems
Test on day 15.

2. MFTD (Maintenance and Flight Training Device)


• The training is fully integrated which means that all the systems knowledge acquired in
the CBT is reinforced and evaluated in the MFTD using the Airbus Standard Operating
Procedures : this training device (equipped with tutorial modes) allows to learn the
normal and abnormal operations using task sharing and crew coordination which save
precious FFS time.

• The MFTD is used:


• to study and reinforce systems knowledge (MFTD A, B, C, D)
• to introduce and to be proficient in SOP, systems knowledge and systems handling
(MFTD 1-7).
Sessions 1 to 7 are scheduled for 4 hours.
Trainee’s session preparation :
The session is prepared using:
- Tutorials available in the Procedure Data Package (PDP: DVD 1)
- The OIS OPS LIBRARY (FCOM and FCTM) and PERF APPLICATIONS on the
laptop
PDP is the support used during MFTD sessions.

Conducting the session :


Each session of 4 hours includes 30 minutes of questions and answers.
For each new exercise, the instructor uses a slot of this allocated time to
- describe the objectives and the key points
- explain how the exercise will be conducted (learning by doing)
Consequently, a session will be a succession of short briefing followed by an exercise
practice.
As the trainee has reviewed the tutorials before the session, the instructor conducts
his session by displaying the master slide of each tutorial. This will be indicated by a
"T" in the syllabus in front of the exercise.

02-01.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 5
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

This master slide should be enough to conduct the exercise, but if necessary, trainees
or instructor can access to any level of tutorial information for knowledge reinforce-
ment.
The briefings (also referred to as Q&A : Questions & Answers), and debriefings are
fully integrated in each MFTD session.
A debriefing will be carried out at MFTD 7 (Progress Check), according to trainee per-
formance
GSI may run MFTD A, B, C and D. SFI may run all MFTD sessions.

3. OIS (On board Information System) and PERFORMANCE COURSE


• One day is dedicated to performance training, and Onboard Information System (OIS)
presentation.

4. CABIN
• Doors and slides operations are presented in the CBT by means of videos and in a
cabin training device.

5. SYSTEMS KNOWLEDGE AND PERFORMANCE TESTS


• At the end of the Ground phase the Trainee will be evaluated on :
- Systems knowledge using an "electronic" test based on randomised questionnaire,
- Aircraft performance using a "paper" test.

b. Handling phase
This phase using FFS (Full Flight Simulator) is mostly dedicated to aircraft handling in
Normal and Abnormal operations. All exercises are completed in a realistic environment
and allows the crew to practice Standard Operating Procedures previously learnt in the
MFTD.
Briefing guides (DVD 1) are used to brief FFS sessions.
SFI may run all sessions.

c. ALOFT phase
A ALOFT (Airbus Line Oriented Flight Training) session is defined to summarize all the
exercises learnt throughout the course and to give the trainee experience in operating
the aircraft in real time scenarii.
ALOFT are conducted by TRI / E

d. Skill Test phase


According to the JAR - FCL recommendations, the Skill Test syllabi have been designed
in a commercial air transport environment.
They consist of :
• 1st part : a real time sector with some specific events.
• 2nd part : additional part to deal with the remaining items to be performed by the
trainee in order to fully satisfy the JAR - FCL requirements.

02-01.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 6
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

e. Base training phase


Two options are provided to the Custormer according to regulation requirements and
airline request:
- Aircraft Base Training (Flight = 0:45 / pilot)
OR
- Zero Flight Time Training (FFS ZFTT = 4:00 / crew)
Note: Before the base training, if applicable, the trainees must review the walkaround
3D located in the hard disk of the trainee’s laptop.

B. INSTRUCTOR BRIEFING
The instructor will make a briefing whose duration is stated in the table below within a
reasonnable time frame before FFS session :

Briefing / debriefing duration per session :


BRIEFING DEBRIEFING
- Handling FFS 1:30
- ALOFT FFS 1:00
At instructor's
- Skill test FFS 1:00
discretion1
- Low Visibility Operations 1:00
- Base Training / ZFTT 1:00
1. According to Trainee’s performance

C. TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

- DOCUMENTATION USER GUIDE

02-01.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 7
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

DOCUMENTATION USER GUIDE A380


The following documentation (trainee’s booklet) is given to you on the day of your arrival dur-
ing the welcome briefing and will be used throughout the course.
Training documentation is not updated therefore FCOM remains the reference

LAPTOP / DVD CONTENT

-FOA (Flight Ops Applications): FOCT (Flight Ops Con-


LAPTOP sultation Tool) and Performance Applications
(HARD DISK) -WALK AROUND 3D
-AIRBUS TRAINING AIRPORT JEPPESEN CHARTS

-STANDARD TRANSITION COURSE (Footprint)


-CCQs TO A380
-FAM BRIEF A380 RR TO A380 EA
-FAM BRIEF A380 EA TO A380 RR
-COMPUTER BASED TRAINING (CBT)
-QUIZZ
-PROCEDURE DATA PACKAGE (PDP)
DVD1
-BRIEFING GUIDES (BG)
Per Aircraft / Engine / Unit
-OIS AND PERFORMANCE COURSE
(To be given)
-CEET (CABIN EMERGENCY EXIT TRAINING)
-PRE-FANS
-FANS A
-TCAS II COURSE
-AIRBUS REFERENCE LANGUAGE (ARL)
-AIRBUS OPERATIONAL EXPERTISE
-FLIGHT OPERATIONS BRIEFING NOTES

-CFIT
DVD2
-REJECTED TAKE OFF
VIDEO BRIEFINGS
-UPSET RECOVERY
(To be given)
-COCKPIT DOORS

PAPER CONTENT
-RELEVANT CREW COURSE
TRAINEE’S BOOKLET -BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
(extract of FCTP: -AIRBUS TRAINING AIRPORT JEPPESEN CHARTS
Flight Crew Training Program) (For Airbus Training Centres ONLY)
-Set of 4 coloured cockpit panels

-Extracts from FCOM SOP’s and FCTM


TASK SHARING AND CALLOUTS
STANDARD CALLOUTS

ACTION FLOWS -"PF and PNF action flows" from PDP/FCTM

-Airbus Training Airport, Lyon Airport, Paris Orly Airport


A380 JEPPESEN LEAFLET
charts

Extract of QRH
-SMOKE and EVACUATION procedures
(Quick Reference Handbook)

02-01.fm
TRANSITION COURSES 02.01 Page 8
A380 L F2S
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.01

04 - CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY

a. Evaluation during CBT Phase :


On completion of this phase, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is determined by the Airline, but
is never below 80%.

b. Unsatisfactory Examination :
Additional training using the CBT will be determined by the instructor in coordination
with Airbus Training Director. The student will then undertake an additional CBT exami-
nation.

D. MFTD AND FFS NOTATIONS


NOTE : this chapter is applicable to all Airbus Type Rating courses. The following sample
is from a “Standard course”, but the way to fill a Trainee’s Record remains the same
whatever is the Type Rating Course being followed.

Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s Record”
file (see page 10 / page 11)
They are quoted “Satisfactory”, “May need extra training” or “Unsatisfactory”

• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked :


----> no specific comments are needed : “None” written indication is required.
Nevertheless, comments may be made at instructor’s discretion.

• When both “Satisfactory” and “May need extra training” boxes are ticked
----> comments are required, and the following session must be assessed as :

- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements :


OR
- “Unsatisfactory”

• When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked :


----> use the specific Progress Incident Report (PIR) (see Page 15) to list and comment
the trainee’s difficulties as well as the number of additional training sessions
requested .
It must be reported without delay to Airbus Director of Training.

Additional training sessions (see page 16) have to be commented and use the same
identification as the session involved.

02-01.fm
STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
GROUND PHASE Trainee
A380 sticker

(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY


A380

SATISFACTORY
02.01 02.01 EMER2

Sessions Date Comments* Trainee Instructor name


signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

MFTD A
Code |____|____|____|
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

May need extra training**

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

MFTD B
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD C
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD D
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
INTRODUCTION

MFTD 1
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|
TRANSITION COURSES

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 2
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 3
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|
02.01
L F2S

* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
- Write None if no specific comments are needed
Page 9

Issue 04 MAY 2008

02-01.fm
STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)

02-01.fm
02.01

Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04


GROUND PHASE Trainee
01

A380 sticker
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY
A380

SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Sessions Date Comments*
signature and signature

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 4
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 5
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
MFTD 6
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

MFTD 7 Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

(Progress READY FOR NEXT PHASE


Check) Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 TRANSITION COURSES
L F2S

* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
- Write None if no specific comments are needed
Page 10

Issue 04 MAY 2008


STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)
02.01

Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04


HANDLING PHASE Trainee
A380 sticker
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY
A380

SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Sessions Date Comments*
signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 1
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 2
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 3
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 4
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 5
TRANSITION COURSES

May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 6
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
02.01
L F2S

FFS 7 READY FOR NEXT PHASE


Code |____|____|____|

* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
- Write None if no specific comments are needed
Page 11

Issue 04 MAY 2008

02-01.fm
STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)

02-01.fm
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
ALOFT & SKILL TEST SESSIONS Trainee
A380 sticker
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY
A380

SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
signature and signature
Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 ❐3 ❐4 Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

ALOFT
|____|____|____|____|

Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 ❐3 ❐4 Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|


|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|

|____|____|____|____|

RE-ALOFT
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORY
Trainee s Instructor s name
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
signature and signature
INTRODUCTION

Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 All the items of the scenario have been performed as


TRANSITION COURSES

(Please write the JAR references for UNSATISFACTORY items) defined in the FCTP
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

SKILLTEST
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 All the items of the scenario have been performed as


(Please write the JAR references for UNSATISFACTORY items) defined in the FCTP
02.01
L F2S

|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

RE-SKTEST
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

* : Write None if no specific comments are needed


Page 12

Issue 04 MAY 2008


STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 05
HUD OPTION Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY

SATISFACTORY
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

Trainee Instructor name


Sessions Date Comments*
signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

HUD
FAMILIARIZATION
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 TRANSITION COURSES
L F2S

Issue 05
Page 13

FEB 2009

02-01.fm
STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)

02-01.fm
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
BASE TRAINING
Trainee
A380 sticker
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY
A380

QUALIFIED FOR TYPE ENDORSEMENT


Trainee Instructor name
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
signature and signature
|____|____| / |____|____| / ❐ FLIGHT ❐ ZFTTFFS Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|


FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

BASE TRAINING
INTRODUCTION
02.01 TRANSITION COURSES
L F2S

* : Write None if no specific comments are needed


Page 14

Issue 04 MAY 2008


STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
PROGRESS INCIDENT REPORT (PIR) Trainee
A380 sticker

PLEASE FILL ONE PIR PER SESSION


A380

Trainee Instructor name


Session Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
Code |____|____|____|
|____|____| MFTD |____|____| / |____|____| /
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

or

|____|____| FFS |____|____|____|____|


INTRODUCTION
02.01 TRANSITION COURSES
L F2S
Page 15

Issue 04 MAY 2008

02-01.fm
STANDARD COURSE (LF2S)

02-01.fm
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
ADDITIONAL TRAINING SESSIONS Trainee
A380 sticker
UNSATISFACTORY
A380

SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Session* Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

❐ Remedial |____|____| / |____|____| /

|____|____| MFTD
|____|____|____|____|
or
|____|____| FFS

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare

❐ Remedial |____|____| / |____|____| /

|____|____| MFTD
|____|____|____|____|
or
|____|____| FFS
INTRODUCTION

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
TRANSITION COURSES

Code |____|____|____|
❐ Spare

❐ Remedial |____|____| / |____|____| /

|____|____| MFTD
|____|____|____|____|
or
|____|____| FFS
|
02.01
L F2S

* : Please indicate the type of additional session performed


- Spare (for language course only) or Remedial
- If remedial, please give the name of the session involved (ex. FS2)
Page 16

Issue 04 MAY 2008


TRAINING
STANDARD COURSE 02.02 Page 1
A380 L F2S
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.02TRAINING FOOTPRINTNG FOOTPRINT

01 - TRAINING DEVICE TIME SHARING PER PHASE


Total : 24 working days (excluding low visibility operations and base training) - Welcome is not part
of the training footprint and is completed the day before the beginning of ground school.
All the documentation and training supports will be handled to the trainees during the welcome briefing.

Trainee’s Welcome (Administration) 1:00


Welcome Briefing 1:30
E-doc Briefing 1:00
A. Ground phase 15 working days
APPI (Aircraft Procedures Pilots Interactions) 2:30
CBT : Aircraft systems 38:05
OIS and Performance course 5:00
CEET (Cabin Emergency Exit Training) 1:00
Cabin trainer : Safety doors 1:00
Systems test & debriefing 4:00
Performance test & debriefing 2:00
MFTD A, D session : 2 x 2 hours 4:00
MFTD B, C, 1 to 7: 9 x 4 hours 36:00
MFTD 7 debriefing : 1 x 0.5 hour 0:30

B. Handling phase 7 working days


Briefings & debriefings :7 x 2 hours 14:00
FFS sessions : 7 x 4 hours 28:00
HUD Option CBT 3:00
FFS HUD Familiarization (option) : 1 x 2 hours
1 x 4 hours 2:00 or 4:00

C. ALOFT phase 1 working day


Briefing & debriefing : 1 x 1.5 hours 1:30
FFS session : 1 x 4 hours 4:00

D. Skill test phase 1 working day


Briefing & debriefing : 1 x 1.5 hours 1:30
FFS session : 1 x 4 hours 4:00

E. Low visibility operations (Optional) 1 working day


CBT 3:00
Briefing & debriefing : 1 x 1.5 hours 1:30
FFS session 1 x 3 hours or 1 x 4 hours 3:00 or 4:00

F. Base training phase 1 working day


Walk around 3D (Self Study) 1:30
Aircraft flight or 0:45 hour / trainee
ZFTT : FFS session : 1 x 4 hours 4:00

02-02.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.02 Page 2
A380 L F2S
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

02 - STANDARD COURSE
Note : To follow your course, please DO NOT respect the workstation CBT ATA numerical order but follow the
ATA chapter in the same order as presented in the present footprint table.
Timing is given for information : your rate of progress could be different from the standard one, however make
sure that the systems study associated to 1 day has been completed before the next day.
Day 0: Administration 1:00 - Welcome briefing: 1:30 - E-doc briefing: 1:00

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5


- Intro : 0:10 - Autoflight - Hydraulic system - Fire & Smoke - Fuel
- Aircraft general (ATA 22) 4:00 (ATA 29) 0:40 protection (ATA 28) 2:30
(ATA 20) 0:20 - Power Plant - Pneumatic (ATA 26) 1:00 - Navigation
- Indicating & (ATA 70) 1:20 (ATA 36) 1:00 - Electrical (ATA 34) 2:30
recording - Hydraulic system - Air conditioning (ATA 24) 1:30 - Landing gear
(ATA 31) 3:30 (ATA 29) 0:40 (ATA 21) 2:00 - Doors (ATA 32) 1:00
- APU - Oxygen (ATA 52) 0:30
(ATA 49) 0:20 (ATA 35) 0:20 - Fuel
- Lights (ATA 28) 1:00
(ATA 33) 0:30
- Autoflight MFTD A MFTD B MFTD C MFTD D
(ATA 22) 2:30 (2:00) (4:00) (4:00) (2:00)
Day 6 Day 7 Day 8 Day 9 Day 10
APPI - Information system - Communication
(2:30) (ATA 46) 1:40 (ATA 23) 0:40
- Avionics network - Ice & rain
- Landing gear (ATA 42) 1:00 protection
(ATA 32) 1:40 - E-logbook 0:40 (ATA 30) 0:30
- Flight Controls
(ATA 27) 3:30 OIS & MFTD 1 MFTD 2 MFTD 3
- Operating limitations PERFORMANCE (4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
(ATA 20) 0:20 (5:00)
Day 11 Day 12 Day 13 Day 14 Day 15
CEET safety
presentation self
study Systems Test
(1:00) (4:00)
Performance
MFTD 4 MFTD 5 MFTD 6
- Cabin presentation Test
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
(ATA 25) 0:25 (2:00)
Door Trainer
MFTD 7 (1:00)
(Progress Check)
(4:00)
Day 16 Day 17 Day 18 Day 19 Day 20
FFS 1 FFS 2* FFS 3 FFS 4 FFS 5
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
Day 21 Day 22 Day 23 Day 24 Day 25
Skill Test LOW VIS
FFS 6 FFS 7 ALOFT
(4:00) (4:00)
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
Walkaround 3D
Note : * HUD option: on day 17, HUD CBT module and FFS familiarization
(for detailed program of FFS refer to LF35).
HUD CBT module must be studied before FFS session.

02-02.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 1
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD A (COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION)
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
LFLL CALM 9999 10/8 1013 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 101 REFER TO SESSION GUIDE

FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ


CPNY RTE AIBLYS
ALTN RTE LYSAIB

CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP - 7°C


CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : REFER CO ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ONZON 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 303

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 128 v FLEX 56 VR 125 v FLEX 56

V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdA.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

mftdA.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.03

MFTD A : COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• To demonstrate the use of the training device.
• To present a general view of the cockpit including flight instruments and major aircraft
systems controls and indications.
• To present the Less Paper Cockpit philosophy

mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD A : SESSION GUIDE

MFTD INITIALIZATION :
• The instructor completes the MFTD set up.
• INIT TAKE OFF at Airbus Airport
External power 2 and 3 : ON
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

APU running (APU Bleed ON)


Doors closed and slides armed
FMS loaded

SESSION GUIDE :
NOTE :
Do not explain Airbus aircraft systems but present the following according to the
trainee's aeronautical background by introducing the Airbus cockpit philosophy.
Remember that, at this stage, the trainee did not study all aircraft systems.

A. TOUCHING ZONES : (IOS facilities)


Demonstrate the use of :
- Push buttons and rotary knobs,
- Engine master levers,
- Ground spoilers,
- Flaps,
- External lights.
Notify the crew that it is not possible to use two touching zones at the same time.

B. COCKPIT GENERAL PRESENTATION (based on the cockpit preparation) :


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Overhead panel : Lights out philosophy / color coding / pushbuttons philosophy


- Center instruments panels
- Pedestal : KCCU and MFD (covered in the FMS sessions)
- Glareshield : attention getters / FCU (AFS + EFIS control panels) : Highlight the wording
used by pilot which is AFS CP or EFIS CP. FCU is not used (except FCU BACKUP) and is
a generic term designating the entire interface.

C. FMS :
MFD + KCCU : show only that KCCU is the unit to use for interaction on pages displayed on
MFD (Multi Function Display). Explain that KCCU doesn’t interact with ECAM only ECP can
do it.

D. OIS :
- Less paper cockpit philosophy
- FLT OPS STS
- FLT OPS Menu
• T.O. PERF
• LOAD SHEET
• LDG PERF
• IN-FLT PERF
• OPS LIBRARY
- Don’t explain all the applications: this will be done during the Performance course.
mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E. CDS (Control and Display System) presentation


8 DUs (4 EFIS, 2 ECAM, 2 MFD)
For the following demonstration use the CBT mode (Controls and Indicators) through the IOS
but do not enter in the yellow explanation boxes.

- EFIS
PFD : Flight parameters + memos (3 lines max) and limitations (8 lines max displaying

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
limitations that have a direct impact on A/C flight performances)
ND : Flight navigation information + vertical display zone

- ECAM
E/WD : engine primary parameters + bottom part :
- Normal C/L (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Abnormal and emergency procedures (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Alerts
- Limitations (left column : ALL PHASES / right column : APPR & LDG)
- Memos (left column : TO and LDG memos / right column : all other memos)
SD :
- Displays automatically the system page corresponding to 1 of the 12 flight phases.
- Explain flight phase inhibition
-
3 zones :
- System display page (with MORE info on WHEEL, FUEL, STS pages)
- Permanent data (TAT, SAT, ISA, time, GW, GWCG, FOB)
- ATC mailbox

ECP :

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain briefly hard keys functions

1) Normal Checklist presentation :


- Select the C/L via the ECP, and perform the BEFORE START C/L
- EXT PWR off
- Start engines (3,4,1,2)
- APU BLEED off, APU off
- Select the C/L and perform the AFTER START C/L
Show :
- Blue box : appears below the last completed C/L, and surrounds the next applicable one
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceded by a square to be ticked): blue when
not completed / green when completed : Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is
reversible by unticking it.

mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

- C/L completed indication: Color coding (blue when C/L not completed / grey when com-
pleted)
- C/L RESET indication
- STS indication
- C/L CLEAR bar

2) Alerts procedures presentation


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

INIT FL 100
1. Explain alerts philosophy and procedure automatically displayed on ECAM
(sensed procedure)
• Alerts levels and priority rules : advisory then levels 1,2,3
• Failure types : independent, primary, secondary
• Color coding (red, amber, green, white, blue, magenta, grey)

2. Explain ABN PROC activated manually on ECAM by the crew (Not-Sensed procedures)
• Associated Alert Level
• Not activated : differences of color coding
• When activated, transferred into the ECAM and update of STS and limitations
Note : Explain that some failures are not detected by ECAM but directly on the interface itself
(eg : VHF failure displayed on RMP).

Insert the following failures in sequence without applying ECAM actions. The purpose is to
demonstrate alerts levels, priority rules, failures types and color coding.

Insert ENG ENGINE VIBRATIONS


Explain the advisory but do not treat the advisory (demo purpose)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Insert STEER BW STEER FAULT


Review level 1 caution (color, awareness) overcoming the advisory
then

Insert ELEC GEN 1 FAULT


Review level 2 caution (sound, master caution, color, independent) overcoming the level 1
caution
then

Insert FIRE ENG 1 FIRE


Review level 3 warning (sound, master warning, color, priority, overflow) overcoming the
level 2 caution
Note : Add an APU FIRE to highlight the priority order for the same level

Restore all systems

mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2E
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

Insert HYD G ENG 1 PMP A PRESS LO and apply ECAM actions


Explain :
- Color coding (blue when not done, or not validated / white when done or validated)
- Blue box : surrounds the ECAM action to perform
Note : If the color coding confirms the validation of the action, the result of this action is visible
on the system display.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems

Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and apply ECAM actions

Explain :
- Alert types (independent, primary, secondary)
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceeded by a square to be ticked) : same color
coding as above. Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is reversible by unticking it
- Overflow arrow
- MORE indication on STS page. All the ECAM alerts which have an impact on the landing
performance are listed in the "ALERT IMPACTING LDG PERF" part of the MORE STS
PAGE.
The flight crew selects the applicable ECAM alert(s) in the OIS LDG PERF application to
compute LDG DIST and/or VAPP.
Point out that 3 indications may be displayed as applicable on the MORE page:
INOP SYS REDUND,
ALERTS IMPACTING LDG PERF,
CANCELLED CAUTION
- Deferred procedure (ALL PHASES, or APP & LDG) : appears in the C/L menu (amber
when not completed / white when completed).

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain FAILURE PENDING INDICATION
If an alert or ABN PROC is displayed but has not been cleared, a FAILURE PENDING mes-
sage appears on the E/WD, when the crew displays a C/L (ex : APPROACH)
When the C/L and the C/L menu are cleared, the alert or the not sensed ABN PROC reap-
pears on the E/WD and the message disappears.

Restore all systems

Select ABN PROC BOMB ON BOARD


Show the color coding when procedure is not activated (scrolling impossible)
Activate the procedure and show the color coding change
Highlight the changes into the ECAM
- Deferred procedure
- Limitations
Clear the procedure. Explain that the procedure is still active. Do a recall to display it.
Show how to de-activate the procedure (untick). Highlight the cancellation of deferred
procedure and limitations

mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 2F
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftdAgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 3
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD B (FMS) - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 040/10 3000 OVC 010 15/10 1010
BIKF 030/10 3000 OVC 005 12/10 1010 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R GW 385 t
Co-route AIBKEF
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 102 1 - MFD ARCHITECTURE
- MFD SYSTEM MENU
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN - MFD GENERAL MENU BAR
CPNY RTE AIBKEF - USE OF KCCU AND HARD KEYS
2 - FMS INITIALIZATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN - INIT - STATUS
- IRS
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C - DEPARTURE
CI 90 TROPO 36090 - NAVAIDS
- FUEL & LOAD
TRIP WIND TL20 - T.O PERF
- SEC
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib

NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 300

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 128 v FLEX 56 °C VR 126 v FLEX 56

V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdB.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 4
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD B (FMS) - TRAINEE 2


WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 040/10 3000 OVC 010 15/10 1010
BIKF 030/10 3000 OVC 005 12/10 1010 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBKEF
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 102 3 - TAKE OFF
4 - CLIMB (MANAGED)
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN - PERF : PHASES OF FLIGHT
CPNY RTE AIBKEF - SPEED & ALTITUDE CONSTRAINTS
5 - CRUISE
ALTN RTE KEFSNN - LATERAL REVISIONS
- VERTICAL REVISIONS
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C - F-PLN INFO MENU
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - APPROACH PREPARATION
- F-PLN
TRIP WIND TL20 - PERF
- FUEL & LOAD
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
- NAVAIDS
- SEC
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib

NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 300

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 128 v FLEX 56°C VR 126 v FLEX 56

V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdB.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 4A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.0302.03

MFTD B (FMS) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Introduction to FMS architecture & design of interfaces.
• Study and practice initialization and use of the FMS through a standard preparation
sequence.
• Practice FMS functions through flight phases.

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
Not applicable.

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• FMS ARCHITECTURE : FMS / ATC COM / SURV / FCU BKUP
• FMS MENU : ACTIVE / POSITION / SEC / DATA
• ACTIVE MENU : F-PLN / PERF / FUEL & LOAD / WIND / INIT
• POSITION MENU
• SEC MENU
• DATA MENU
• FMS FLIGHT PHASES
• FMS REVISIONS

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

D. REFERENCES :
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description /
Flight Planning
• KCCU / Controls & Indicators

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Understanding of FMS architecture and FMS functions.
• Demonstrate satisfactory skill on preparation.

mftdBgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 4B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

MFTD B (FMS) SESSION GUIDE

Standard crew : captain is trainee 1 and first officer is trainee 2 throughout the
course (from MFTD B to FFS 7).
Non standard crew : instructor determines Trainee 1 and Trainee 2 for first session,
and maintains it throughout the course.
General recommandation :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Use the freeze function when needed


Don’t teach SOP’s during this MFTD session
Highlight all FMA mode changes and selected / managed philosophy

INIT TAKE OFF . Cockpit prepared by instructor

1 . - Demonstrate the use of KCCU and MFD hard keys.


Explain that the KCCU has 2 parts :
CCD : Cursor Control Device (trackball + wheel)
KBD : Key Board
Highlight that if the CCD fails, the KBD allows any selection on MFD page via
hardkeys. If the keyboard fails, the CCD allows to select any menu or field, and
when a value needs to be inserted, a SOFT KEY BOARD appears to enter data.
- Explain the USE of the hard key KBD: In case of partial CCD or keyboard failure,
allows to display the soft keyboard without selecting the KBD switch to OFF
- Present the overvall architecture of the MFD
FMS, ATC COM, SURV and FCU BKUP : don’t spend time to explain this menu
- Show the 4 menus without spending time on each page which will be studied
progressively in an operational context :
ACTIVE : related to F-PLN
POSITION : related to aircraft position and position computation
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

SEC : 3 secondary F-PLN


DATA : data base related or pilot insertion
- Use the PERF page to explain the panels (TO,CLB,CRZ...)

2 . - Explain that the sequence of the INIT is ensured thanks to the automatic cursor
jump from one field to another. This process has been designed to support the crew
in initialising the F-PLN and must be used. Highlight the fact that this automatic cur-
sor jump is not available on the fields that are not often used (eg. CRZ temp, tropo-
pause, THR RED, ACCEL...): to recover the cursor jump, re-insert the value by
default
- INIT hard key : press
- STATUS : explain the page and don’t go to FMS P/N
- INIT : Do not explain all the REQUEST options
- IRS : Show the option to "ALIGN ON OTHER REF"
- DEPARTURE :
F-PLN review according to the electronic F-PLN (or co-route) or to the charts,
using the RTE SUMMARY function
- NAVAIDS
Show TUNED FOR DISPLAY
Show the TUNED FOR FMS NAV : how to deselect NAVAIDS

mftdBgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 4C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

- FUEL & LOAD


- PERF
Show all the flight phases
Explain TOGA, FLEX, DERATED
Show ARMED Modes on FMA

2 end : - SEC
SEC 1 : import "FROM ACTIVE"

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
SEC 2 : import "FROM ACTIVE" and modify the runway for departure (RWY 24)
Note : During aircraft initialization, highlight the fact that messages are displayed in
the message pad at the bottom of the MFD : CLEAR INFO pb is used to clear the
messages.
Reinforce how to modifiy or clear a field : BACKSPACE + ENTER
Reinforce how to recover the cursor when a field is active : ESC

Explain interactivity between MFD, AFS - CP, EFIS - CP, PFD and ND.
Explain FMA philosophy.

AFS - CP reinforce all knobs / pushbuttons

- Set FD ON: on PFD, reinforce FMA philosophy

ATHR mode Vertical mode Lateral mode Capability Status


Active mode Active mode Active mode AP
Approach
Armed mode Armed mode Armed mode FD
Presel speed Information Minimum ATHR

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Show FMA
- Show SPD / HDG / V/S windows dashed on AFS CP

- Set FD OFF: highlight changes


• Show FMA
• Show SPD / HDG / V/S windows no more dashed

EFIS CP reinforce all knobs / pushbuttons

- Set FMS F-PLN page on MFD


- Set EFIS CP in plan mode, CSTR
• Scroll the F-PLN to show F-PLN color coding on the ND
- PRIMARY F-PLN GREEN solid line until destination airport
- Missed Approach Procedure BLUE solid line
- ALTERNATE F-PLN BLUE dashed line

mftdBgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 4D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

- Set FMS PERF page on MFD


• Explain FMS flight phases philosophy (8 phases)
• Explain that all FMS phases have an associated TAB in the PERF page,
except PREFLIGHT and DONE phases. This TAB is green when the phase is
active, otherwise white

Instructor starts the engines and initializes the aircraft ready for take-off - Initial
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

altitude FL 70 (on AFS CP). During take off, instructor will assist the trainee with
thrust setting and aircraft clean-up

3 : - Freeze as necessary (step by step) to highlight FMA mode changes and PFD
characteristic speed targets.

4 : - During Take-off and climb show the flight phase automatic swichting (PERF page)
- F-PLN : demonstrate how to swap between SPD ALT and EFOB T.WIND. Explain
that lateral and vertical revisions are accessible either by a menu which opens when
clicking on a waypoint or by the menu FPLN INFO. The difference between these 2
possibilities is that the revisions from the menu FPLN INFO are related to the whole
FPLN and the other to a waypoint.
- Demonstrate how to insert speed or altitude constraint either from the F-PLN or
from lateral revision at a waypoint.

5 : - At altitude capture explain FMA changes and automatic flight phase switching
- Explain and use all the lateral and vertical revisions at applicable waypoints. Don’t
spend too much time on lateral or vertical revisions which are not often used and will
be reviewed during IOE (Initial Operating Experience).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- POSITION MONITOR : explain the content and highlight where to find the BRG /
DIST TO
- DIRECT TO :
- Use hard key DIR for DIRECT TO demo
- Use DIRECT TO option in F-PLN for DIRECT TO ABEAM demo
- Use lateral revision FROM P.POS DIRECT TO for DIRECT TO CRS IN or OUT
demo
- Demonstrate OFFSET, OVERFLY (DELETE) and waypoint DELETE

Explain the " * " associated to some lateral and vertical revisions.
No " * " means a submenu is available.
" * " means, when clicked, direct access to the function, creating a TMPY FPLN.

Demonstrate the insert next WPT option and insert new destination : LFZZ

6 : - Approach preparation according to the predefined flow (ACTIVE, POSITION, SEC):


ILS LFZZ 33R

mftdBgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 5
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD C (FMS) - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 330/15 9999 BKN 025 25/12 1010
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t

ACTIVE / INIT 1 - DATA


FLT NBR A/L ID 103 - WAYPOINT
- NAVAID
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL - ROUTE
CPNY RTE - - AIRPORT
2 - FMS INITIALIZATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS - INIT
- IRS
CRZ FL FL 310 CRZ TEMP - 40°C - DEPARTURE
CI 90 TROPO 36090 - NAVAIDS
- FUEL & LOAD
TRIP WIND - - T.O PERF
- SEC
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 1:00 3 - TAKE-OFF
4 - CLIMB FL 180
385 t 65 t 5 - CRUISE
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib - MANAGED SPEED
- SELECTED SPEED
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 6 - DESCENT
704 000 Ib
7 - APPROACH PREPARATION
NOTES 8 - ILS APPROACH
RWY COND DRY FPLN : - DECELERATED
- MANAGED SPEED
AIR COND ON LFZZ - MOU 1N - UM 129 - BEBIX
2:00 9 - GO AROUND
ANTI ICE OFF UN 859 - TUGLI - MALEB - ROA -LFZZ
PAX NUMBER : 303
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 128 v FLEX 56 VR 126 v FLEX 58

V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdC.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 6
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD C (FMS) - TRAINEE 1


E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 150/15 9999 BKN 025 25/12 1010
LFLL 180/10 9999 OVC 030 26/11 1009 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 15L - GW 385 t

ACTIVE / INIT 2:15 10 - FMS INITIALIZATION


FLT NBR A/L ID 103 - INIT
- IRS
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ
- DEPARTURE
CPNY RTE - - NAVAIDS
- FUEL & LOAD
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
- T.O PERF
CRZ FL FL 120 CRZ TEMP - 12°C - SEC
3:00 11 - TAKE OFF
CI 90 TROPO 36090 12 - CLIMB FL120
TRIP WIND - 13 - CRUISE
- ND INTERACTIVITY
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 14 - DESCENT
15 - APPROACH PREPARATION
385 t 65 t 16 - ILS APP LFLL 18L
GW FOB - STABILIZED
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
- SELECTED SPEED
320t 3:30 17 - GO AROUND
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 18 - HOLDING PATTERN
19 - ENABLE ALTERNATE
NOTES 20 - DCT EB
RWY COND DRY FPLN :
AIR COND ON LFZZ - ONZON 1S - ROA - DIRBA - IF TIME PERMITS
ANTI ICE OFF TALAR... LFLL
PAX NUMBER : 302 21 - APPROACH PREPARATION
22 - RADAR VECTORS
23 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R
24 - AUTOLAND
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 15L / GW 385 t LFZZ 15L / GW 385 t
V1 121 TOGA V1 129 TOGA

VR 138 v FLEX 73 VR 138 v FLEX 69

V2 143 DERATED V2 142 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdC.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 6A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.03

MFTD C (FMS) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Practice FMS initialization
• Practice FMS functions during a flight sequence with diversion to alternate airport.

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• FMS ARCHITECTURE : FMS / ATC COM / SURV / FCU BKUP
• FMS MENU : ACTIVE / POSITION / SEC / DATA
• ACTIVE MENU : F-PLN / PERF / FUEL & LOAD / WIND / INIT
• POSITION MENU
• SEC MENU
• DATA MENU
• SPEED / ALT CST
• FMS REVISIONS

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• ND INTERACTIVITY
• DESCENT
• ILS APPROACH
• GO AROUND
• HOLDING PATTERN
• ENABLE ALTERNATE
• SEC FPLN
• FMS REVISIONS :
- AIRWAYS
- NAVAIDS DESELECTION

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure data package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

mftdCgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 6B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

D. REFERENCES :
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description /
Flight Planning / Lateral Flight Plan
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description /
Flight Planning / Vertical flight plan
• FCOM /Aircraft Systems /ATA22-AFS-Flight Management System/ System Description /
Flight Planning / Secondary Flight Plans
• FCTM / Normal Operations /
• FCTM / Normal Operations / ILS Approach

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Knowledge of FMS functions, MFD pages and use of KCCU.
• Ability to program the FMS.

mftdCgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 6C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.03

MFTD C (FMS) SESSION GUIDE

General recommandation :
Use the freeze function when needed
Don’t teach SOP’s during this MFTD session
Highlight all FMA mode changes and selected / managed philosophy

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT TAKE OFF : Cockpit prepared by instructor

1 : - Demonstrate how to obtain data related to


WAYPOINT
NAVAID
ROUTE
AIRPORT
- Don’t insist on the PRINTER list (IOE item)

2 : Initialize the FMS using the predetermined flow (curser jump)


- INIT : don’t insert a CO RTE and build the P-FLN using AIRWAYS and INSERT
NEXT WPT options.
- NAVAID : Deselect "ATN" VOR
- SEC 1 : Insert in the INIT: LFZZ/LFLL with the CO RTE AIBLYS : modifiy the depar-
ture (ONZON 1N)

Instructor starts the engines and initializes the aircraft ready for take-off - Initial altitude FL 70
(on AFS CP). During take off, instructor will assist the trainee with thrust setting and aircraft
clean-up

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
4 : - After Take-off provide radar vector and altitude changes to demonstrate the
following :
- Switching from CLB to OPCLB ; altitude constraint not considered
- How to reengage NAV and CLB to respect altitude constraint
- Final cruise altitude : FL 290 explain how to obtain ALT CRZ on FMA
- Demonstrate how to select AIRWAYS in FMS revisions

5 : - Present the PERF CRZ page and explain the different cruise speeds

6 : - Start descent after the top of descent


- Explain Flight phase switching : CRZ to DES
- Explain speed control in Managed profile
- Explain switching DES to OPDES

Instructor assists the trainees for aircraft configuration and during the Go-around

mftdCgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 6D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

8 : - Decelerated approach : demonstrate the following :


Flight phase switching : DES to APPR
Explain the 2 possibilities
- automatically : overfling D point
- manually : activate APPR phase. Show the field on the PERF PAGE, which is
at the same position as INSERT field of other page. Insist about the importance
to read the label of the field to avoid confusion between insert and activate
Explain speed target is VAPP, observe short term managed speed according to
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

the configuration
Use of approach mode : LOC and G/S interception (FMA).0

9,17 : - Explain flight phase switching APPR to GA


- Explain the FMA modes
- Show that missed approach procedure changes from BLUE solid line to GREEN
solid line on the ND. At the same time show that the ALTERNATE F-PLN changes
from BLUE dotted line to BLUE solid line
- Explain NAV reengagement and clean up procedure using characteristic speeds
- Explain that the CRZ FL is automatically updated and is the higher of:
• the value selected in the AFS - CP or
• the higher value of the FPLN (MAP + previous approach)
- Explain that predictions are recovered after acceleration altitude

10 : - Initialize the FMS using the predetermined flow (curser jump)


- INIT : don’t insert a CO RTE and build the P-FLN using AIRWAYS and INSERT
NEXT WPT options.
- NAVAID : Deselect "ATN" VOR
- SEC 1 : Import from ACTIVE
- SEC 2 : Import from ACTIVE and insert a quick return to LFZZ ILS 33R
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- PERF-CLB : Insert preselect speed 230 kts

Instructor starts the engines and initializes the aircraft ready for take-off - Initial altitude FL 70
(on AFS CP). During take off, instructor will assist the trainee with thrust setting and aircraft
clean-up

11 : After TAKE OFF, show the target selected speed 230 kts on FMA. Explain how to
recover managed speed

13 : - Explain all the ND interactivity


- From the aircraft
- From a waypoint
- From the airport

16 : - Stabilized approach :
- Select the speed according to the short term managed speed target until VAPP
then manage speed
- Point out the successive configuration change at each short term target speed
in order to respect "establish in full configuration and Vapp at 1000 ft AGL"

18 : - Insert Holding pattern at ARBON using the DATA BASE computation

mftdCgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 7
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD D (SYSTEMS REVIEW)
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
LFLL CALM 9999 13/12 1013 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 15L - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 104 REFER SESSION GUIDE

FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ T MODE REVERSIONS


CPNY RTE AIBLYS T GROUND SPEED MINI FUNCTION

ALTN RTE LYSAIB

CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP - 7°C


CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : REFER CO ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ONZON 1S)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 303

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 15L / GW 385 t LFZZ 15L / GW 385 t
V1 125 TOGA V1 127 TOGA

VR 133 v FLEX 71 VR 135 v FLEX 68

V2 138 DERATED V2 140 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdD.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 8
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

mftdD.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 8A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.03

MFTD D : (SYSTEMS REVIEW)

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• To reinforce systems studied from day 1 to day 4.
• To reinforce FMS system knowledge studied during CBT, MFTD B and C.
- FMS architecture: flight phases.
- FMA (Flight Mode Annunciator).
- Flight director - AFS control panel.
- EFIS control panel

• To introduce:
- Reversion modes
- GROUND SPEED MINI FUNCTION for target speed in approach

mftdDgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 8B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD D : SESSION GUIDE

02 - SESSION GUIDE :
Init Take Off: LFZZ 15L
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Instructor sets the MFTD:


• Engines OFF
• EXT PWR 1, 2, 3, 4: ON
• APU: OFF
• DOORS: STD doors open
• O2 crew supply: OFF
• FMS LOADED:

LFZZ/LFLL: Use co route AIBLYS with SID ONZON 1S. Delete ONZON, delete the first
ROA WPT to clear discontinuity. LFLL arrival ILS 18L. Fill the APPR page. ALTN FPLN:
LFLL/LFZZ: Use co route LYSAIB. Change departure RWY 18L with SID EB 4S.
Delete the discontinuity between EB and ROA.

CBT reinforcement studied during day 1 to 4


Trainees perform actions requested by the instructor

Select the following SD pages using the ECP pbs

DOOR

• Highlight differences door open (door label amber) and door closed (green).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Close all doors


• Arm all slides to highlight changes
• Oxygen: highlight CKPT is amber because the O2 supply valve is closed (CREW SUP-
PLY pb-sw OFF). Consequently REGUL PR LO is amber due to low pressure after the
supply valve. The cockpit and cabin bottle O2 pressure are indicated in green when
pressure is above the minimum required to dispatch. If the pressure is below the mini-
mum required to dispatch, the green value appears with an amber half frame. Do not
speak about value which are customized according to airline operations.

mftdDgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 8C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

APU
• APU fire test. Explain
• APU start:
• APU master sw ON reinforce auto display of APU SD: Flap moving / Flap open
• APU start pb: ON reinforce GEN A/B connection amber to green parameters / APU
AVAIL on SD, on pb and on EWD memo
• SD DOOR page is displayed automatically after 10"

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Select APU page
• Select APU bleed ON: show bleed status change and APU BLEED memo replacing APU
AVAIL on EWD
• Select APU bleed OFF
• Insert APU fire extinguishable: demonstrate APU automatic emergency shutdown and
automatic agent discharge. The ECAM requires actions, wait to demonstrate that if pilots
do not perform ECAM actions, the system does it automatically.
• Restore. Reset systems. Restart APU.

ELEC

AC
• Select EL/AC SD
• Demonstrate that each EXT PWR is connected to its assigned AC bus. Show EXT PWR
memo on EWD
• Demonstrate that EXT PWR has priority over APU GEN
• Switch OFF EXT 1 and 4 and demonstrate
- AC 1 supplied by GEN A
- AC 4 supplied by GEN B

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Switch OFF EXT 2 and 3 and demonstrate
- APU GEN A supplying AC 1 and 2
- APU GEN B supplying AC 3 and 4

NOTE: Remove EXT PWR one by one to highlight the SD page changes, and AVAIL green
light disappears on EXT pb.

DC
• Select EL/DC SD
• Observe the ELEC DC distribution
• Explain TR2 B is back up to TR 2A

mftdDgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 8D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

BLEED
• Select BLEED page
• Select APU bleed ON
• Highlight APU bleed supplying both packs through XBLEED valves on BLEED page. It
takes time (around 45") until hot air valves open, which is normal
• Select PACK 1 OFF: demonstrate pack and hot air valves closure. Highlight the color
coding change. Show on COND page and PRESS page the changes
• Select PACK 1 ON
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

• Select BLEED SD
• Select ENG START sel to IGN / START and observe automatic pack closure
• Select ENG 3 master lever ON : when ENG AVAIL demonstrate automatic pack open.
Select ENG START sel to NORM
• Perform a quick engine start on 1, 2 and 4
• When 4 engines AVAIL, highlight APU BLEED priority on ENGINE BLEEDS
• Open DOOR MAIN 1L
Highlight:
• PACK 1+2 inhibited by door open when engines running
• ECAM alert DOOR OPEN and MAIN 1L in amber on door page
Observe DOOR SD replaced by WHEEL SD after engine start

Highlight differences
• Engines shutdown: DOOR symbol amber only
• Engines running: DOOR symbol amber + DOOR name in amber
• Close the door. Alerts disappear

• Select APU BLEED OFF


Highlight
• XBLEED VALVES closure
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

• ENG BLEED VALVES open. Each engine supplies its associated pack valve

• Select AC page to demonstrate engine GEN priority on APU GEN


• Summary of ELEC priority: ENG GEN > EXT PWR > APU GEN

CAB PRESS

• Select PRESS page


• Explain LDG ELEVN 800ft coming from FMS DESTINATION airport
• Show the 4 outflow valves open on ground
• Select RAM AIR ON: Observe valve open
• Select ditching PB-sw ON
• Show the automatic closure of the packs and the 4 outflow valves, and the RAM AIR
• Explain that this action is part of the DITCHING procedure in flight or the DE ICING
procedure on ground
• Select ditching PB-sw OFF
• Select RAM AIR OFF
• Select APU OFF
• Reset

mftdDgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 8E
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FMS
The purpose of this part is to reinforce FMS study, through a flight from LFZZ to LFLL.
Reinforce AFS CP UNDERSTANDING
Reinforce EFIS CP UNDERSTANDING
Reinforce FMA on PFD
Reinforce FMS phases switching conditions, and associated speed management.

Initialized at take off, LFZZ 15L, aircraft ready:

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Take Off to LFLL (20 minutes required) - Select FL 110
• Highlight
• Each phase switching condition
• All FMA changes
• Speed target changes: reinforce all the managed speed changes

• Freeze position and altitude when required to highlight all these changes.
• Keep simulation frozen to brief the mode reversions demo using the tutorial.
During climb, demonstrate all the lateral and vertical reversion modes except FD orders
not followed.

GROUND SPEED MINI FUNCTION DEMO:


• Init APP LFZZ 33R - Keep simulation frozen to brief the demo using the tutorial.

GW: 385 T
Wind in PERF page: 330/20
The purpose is to demonstrate how the target speed changes with wind variation during

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
approach.
The exercice starts at 3700 ft from the FAF ILS 33R:
1 - At 3700 ft, insert WIND 330/10
2 - At 3000 ft, change WIND 330/50
3 - At 2000 ft, change WIND 150/20
4 - At 1000 ft, change WIND 330/20
If necessary between wind changes freeze POS/ALT to highlight the target changes.

mftdDgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 8F
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftdDgd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 9
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 1 (SOP) - TRAINEE 1


E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/10 CAVOK 13/10 1020
LFLL 270/10 CAVOK 13/10 1020 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 105 Co-route AIBKEF

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN T 1 - USE OF TUTORIAL


CPNY RTE AIBKEF T 2 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
ALTN RTE KEFSNN T 3 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
T 4 - BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C T 5 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
CI 90 TROPO 36090 T 6 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
T 7 - AFTER TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND TL 15 T 8 - CLIMB FL 110

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib

NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 302

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd1.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 10
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

MFTD 1 (SOP) - TRAINEE 2

WEATHER
Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/10 CAVOK 13/10 1020
LFLL 270/10 CAVOK 13/10 1020 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t


Co-route AIBLYS
FLT NBR A/L ID 105
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ 9 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBLYS 10 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE LYSAIB 11 - BEFORE START / ENG START / AFTER START
12 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP -9°C 13 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
14 - AFTER TAKE OFF
CI 90 TROPO 36090 15 - CLIMB FL 110
TRIP WIND HD 15

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib

NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ONZON 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 302

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd1.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 10A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.03

MFTD 1 (SOP) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during :
- COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BEFORE START / ENGINE START / AFTER START
- TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF.
- CLIMB

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• Use of FMS through a standard preparation

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• Standard operating procedures during
- COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BEFORE START / ENGINE START / AFTER START
- TAXI & BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF.
- CLIMB

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

D. REFERENCES
• PDP
Normal operations
Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Use of RMP
- Aircraft Systems / 23 - Communication / How to use the RMP / How to tune a frequency

mftd1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 10B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

Engine start and engine operation


- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / Ignition and Starting / Starting / Automatic Starting
Sequence
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / FADEC
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / Normal Operation

• FCTM
Normal operations
- Normal Operations / General + Preliminary Cockpit Preparation + Cockpit Preparation +
Before Start + Start + After Start + Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Standard
Callouts

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Demonstrate acceptable knowledge of FMS system.
• Understanding of SOP’s from cockpit preparation until climb.

mftd1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 10C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 1 (SOP) SESSION GUIDE

USE OF TUTORIAL :
T MANDATORY use of tutorial mode.

2,3 : Highlight the aircraft preparation philosophy.Preliminary cockpit preparation : mainly


performed by the PNF and easy to memorize through 5 "boxes"
1 - POWER UP (if aircraft not electrically supplied)

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
2 - ECAM / LOGBOOK CHECK
3 - APU start
4 - NSS / OIS PREPARATION.
5 - Before WALKAROUND
Cockpit preparation : performed in 2 steps
- Systems checking/setting and FMS preparation (PF). Select TOGA allowing the
demo of METOTS (RR engine only)
- FMS revised by PNF
- Glareshield and Instruments panels checking/setting when both pilots seated
- SURV page : Explain the controls and STATUS & SWITCHING pages
ELEC : Demonstrate the connection logic
- Select EXT 2 : demonstrate that 1 EXT PWR unit is not enough to supply the entire
electrical network
- Select EXT 3 to supply the entire network
APU : Comment APU start using ECAM APU page.
When APU AVAIL, call ECAM ELEC page, point out the priority logic of the EXT
PWR on APU GEN.
- Select EXT 1 and 4 : highlight the changes
FUEL : PUMPS selection MAIN - SBY - Demo SBY - MAIN. Highlight differences

4 : Explain the automatic engine start sequence.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
When all engines are running, select ECAM ELEC page, to highlight the priority
changes between engine and APU generator

5 : Explain the functionnality of TAXI camera on PFD for taxi + video selection possibil-
ities on SD page.

6 : During take off, point out the following key points. FMA change after take off thrust
setting. 35 kt take off thrust sets "METOTS" on RR only
Explain the evolution of ACUTE during take off :
- METOTS : Modified Engine Take Off Thrust Setting (Use TOGA in order to observe
significant thrust variations)
- After thrust reduction, reference changes from TOGA to GA thrust.
This leads to a small change of THR. If FLEX take off THR is well below CLB THR,
there will be a washout during +/- 20 sec to reach CLB THR.
V1 auto callout
VR
Pitch 12.5°
SRS mode
Thrust reduction
Thrust acceleration - climb phase

mftd1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 10D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 11
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 2 (SOP) - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/05 CAVOK 13/10 1006
LFLL 270/06 CAVOK 16/10 1006 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 106 Co-route AIBAIB1

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - BEFORE START / ENG START
AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -1°C 4 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
1:20 5 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
CI 90 TROPO 36090
6 - AFTER TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND - 7 - CLIMB FL70
T 8 - CRUISE
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - DCT ROA - HOLDING PATTERN
T 10 - APPROACH PREPARATION
385 t 65 t T 11 - DESCENT MANAGED
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 12 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R - DECELERATED
2:00 13 - AUTOLAND (DEMO)
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib

NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 350

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd2.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 12
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 2 (SOP) - TRAINEE 1


WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 240/05 CAVOK 13/10 1006
LFLL 270/06 CAVOK 16/10 1006 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 106 Co-route AIBAIB1

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 2:15 14 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
15 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 16 - BEFORE START / ENG START
AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -1°C 17 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKE OFF
3:20 18 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
CI 90 TROPO 36090
19 - AFTER TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND - 20 - CLIMB FL70
21 - CRUISE
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 22 - DCT ROA - HOLDING PATTERN
23 - APPROACH PREPARATION
385 t 65 t 24 - DESCENT MANAGED
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 25 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R - DECELERATED
4:00 T 26 - GO AROUND
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib

NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 350

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd2.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 12A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.03

MFTD 2 (SOP) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during :
- CLIMB
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- GO AROUND

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• Standard operating procedures during :
- COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BEFORE START / ENGINE START / AFTER START
- TAXI and BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF
- CLIMB

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• Standard operating procedures during :
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- GO AROUND

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM.
• FCTM

mftd2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 12B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

D. REFERENCES :
• PDP
Normal operations
Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb +
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

FMS INIT: use of SEC


- Aircraft Systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Management System / Flight Planning / Secondary
Flight Plans

Use of RMP
- Aircraft Systems / 23 - Communication / How to use the RMP / How to tune a frequency

Engine start and engine operation


- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines /Ignition and Starting / Starting / Automatic Starting
Sequence
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / FADEC
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / Normal Operation

• FCTM
Normal operations
- Normal Operations / General + Preliminary Cockpit Preparation + Cockpit Preparation +
Before Start + Start + After Start + Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Cruise +
Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing +
Standard Callouts

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Understanding of SOP’s from cruise phase until landing including go around phase.02.03

mftd2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 12C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

MFTD 2 (SOP) SESSION GUIDE

2 : FMS initialization performed in the SEC 2. Import SEC 2 into SEC 1


SWAP SEC 1 into active FPLN
Use of RMP : explain basic functions. Scale 1 is useful. Use of RMP will be rein-
forced during FFS session

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
12 : No radar vectors. Decelerated approach via ROA.

15 : .During FMS preparation :


- Switch OFF the KCCU keyboard (KBD) in order to demonstrate the use of soft
keyboard. Fill in the INIT page. Restore
- Switch OFF the KCCU Control Cursor Device (CCD) in order to demonstrate how
to fill pages with hard keyboard only - Restore.

25 : Radar vectors. Decelerated approach

26 : After the GA acceleration altitude:


- Explain that the FMS recovers prediction and vertical managed profile after the
acceleration altitude (CLB, ALT CRZ, DES are available during the missed
approach procedure).
- Explain that the CRZ FL is automatically updated and is the higher of:
• the value selected in the AFS - CP or
• the higher value of the FPLN (MAP + previous approach)

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 12D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 13
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

MFTD 3 (SOP) - TRAINEE 1


E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 8000 OVC 015 16/11 1017
LFLL 180/10 9000 BKN 018 14/10 1016 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 107 Co-route AIBAIB1

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3 - ENGINE START / VALVE NOT OPEN (MMEL)
4 - TAXI
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -2°C 1:20 5 - TAKE OFF
6 - CLIMB FL 70
CI 90 TROPO 36090
7 - DCT ROA - HOLDING PATTERN
TRIP WIND - T 8 - VOR / DME APP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
1:50 9 - GO AROUND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - VOR / DME APP LFZZ 33R (SELECTED)
2:10 11 - GO AROUND
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND OFF (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 250

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd3.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 14
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

MFTD 3 (SOP) - TRAINEE 2


WEATHER
Time
LFZZ CALM 8000 OVC 015 16/11 1017 EVENTS
LFLL 180/10 9000 BKN 018 14/10 1016
INIT APP - LFZZ 24 - GW 385 t
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 107 2:25 12 - RNAV APP - LFZZ 24 (FLS)
13 - GO AROUND
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 14 - NDB APP LFZZ 33R (SELECTED)
CPNY RTE 2:50 15 - GO AROUND
16 - ILS G/S INOP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 3:10 17 - GO AROUND
18 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R - STABILIZED
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +5°C 3:30 19 - AUTOLAND
CI 90 TROPO 36090 T 20 - AFTER LANDING
T 21 - PARKING
TRIP WIND - T 22 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY
AIR COND OFF
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 250

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd3.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 14A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.03

MFTD 3 (SOP) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during :
- NON PRECISION APPROACH
- AFTER LANDING
- PARKING
- SECURING THE AIRCRAFT

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• Standard operating procedures during :
- COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BEFORE START / ENGINE START / AFTER START
- TAXI and BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF
- CLIMB
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- GO AROUND

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• Standard operating procedures during :
- NON PRECISION APPROACH
- AFTER LANDING
- PARKING
- SECURING THE AIRCRAFT

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM.
• FCTM

mftd3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 14B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

D. REFERENCES :
• PDP
Normal operations
Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb +
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Non Precision Approach +Go Around + Landing + Park-
ing / Securing the Aircraft

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Use of RMP
- Aircraft Systems / 23 - Communication / How to use the RMP / How to tune a frequency

Engine start and engine operation


- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines /Ignition and Starting / Starting / Automatic Starting
Sequence
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / FADEC
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / Normal Operation

Engine Start Valve Manual Operation


- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Engines / Unusual Engine Starting Procedures

• Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL)


- MMEL Items / 80 - Engine Start / 11- Start System / 80 - 11 -01 Engine Start Valve

• FCTM
Normal operations
- Normal Operations / General + Preliminary Cockpit Preparation + Cockpit Preparation +
Before Start + Start + After Start + Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Cruise +
Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Non Precision Approach +
Go Around + Landing + Parking + Standard Callouts

Use of MMEL
- Normal Operations / Flight Preparation / MEL

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Standard knowledge and understanding of non precision approaches.
• Ability to program and use FMS through different flight phases.
• Standard knowledge of normal SOP’s, task sharing and callouts.

mftd3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 14C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 3 (SOP) SESSION GUIDE

3 : Emphasize MMEL consultation. Dispatch with start valve inoperative on engine 3 to


perform a manual start valve operation

10,14: On the IOS, insert GPS PRIMARY lost to get F-APP + RAW. Then, on the POSI-
TION monitor MFD page, insert RNP less than EPU to get NAV ACCU LOW & FLS:

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
RAW only.

16 : Fail G/S.
Demonstrate how to deselect G/S in FMS, in order to fly this approach in LOC - F/GS
Before go around, freeze at MDA-50 ft to demonstrate "DISCONNECT AP FOR
LDG" message on PFD

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 14D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 15
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 4 (SOP) - TRAINEE 2


E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 8000 OVC 015 16/11 1017
BIKF 180/20 7000 BKN 038 6/2 1016 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 423 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 108 Co-route AIBKEF

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 1:30 3 - TAXI
4 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C 5 - CLIMB MANAGED - SELECTED
T 6 - FUEL TRANSFER
CI 90 TROPO 36090
7 - NORMAL CRUISE FL 310
TRIP WIND HD 20 8 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
2:00 T 9 - JETTISON
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - APP PREPARATION
11 - DESCENT MANAGED - SELECTED
423 t 83 t T 12 - ILS G/S FROM ABOVE LFZZ 33R
GW FOB
930 600 Ib 182 600 Ib 2:20 13 - AUTOLAND

340 t
ZFW ZFWCG 33,9 %
748 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 250

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 423 t LFZZ 33R / GW 423 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd4.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 16
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 4 (SOP) - TRAINEE 1


WEATHER
Time
LFZZ CALM 8000 OVC 015 16/11 1017 EVENTS
LFLL 180/10 9000 BKN 018 14/10 1016
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 423 t
ACTIVE / INIT Co-route AIBKEF
FLT NBR A/L ID 108
2:35 14 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 15 - CLIMB MANAGED - SELECTED FL 120
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 16 - DIVERSION TO LFLL
3:00 17 - DESCENT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 18 - DESCENT MANAGED - SELECTED
19 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -53°C (NO JETTISON)
20 - ILS APP LFLL 18L
CI 300 TROPO 36090
3:30 21 - AUTOLAND
TRIP WIND HD 20 22 - AFTER LANDING
23 - PARKING
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 24 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT

423 t 83 t
GW FOB
930 600 Ib 182 600 Ib
340 t
ZFW ZFWCG 33,9 %
748 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 250

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 423 t LFZZ 33R / GW 423 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd4.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 16A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.03

MFTD 4 (SOP) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Introduce and practice SOPs and task sharing during :
- FUEL JETTISON
- OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE
- DIVERSION

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• Standard operating procedures during :
- COCKPIT PREPARATION
- BEFORE START / ENGINE START / AFTER START
- TAXI and BEFORE TAKE OFF
- TAKE OFF / AFTER TAKE OFF
- CLIMB
- CRUISE
- DESCENT
- ILS APPROACH
- LANDING
- AFTER LANDING
- GO AROUND
- PARKING
- SECURING THE AIRCRAFT

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• Standard operating procedures during :
- FUEL TRANSFER
- FUEL JETTISON
- DIVERSION
- OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM.
• FCTM

mftd4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 16B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

D. REFERENCES :
• PDP
Normal operations
Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb +
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing + Parking / Securing the Aircraft

Abnormal operations
Fuel Jettison

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Use of RMP
- Aircraft Systems / 23 - Communication / How to use the RMP / How to tune a frequency

Weight and Balance


- Limitations / Weight and Center of Gravity Limits
- Performance / Load Control / Weights + CGs

Auto ground transfer


- Aircraft Systems / 28 - Fuel / Controls and Indicators / REFUEL/GROUND TRANSFER
PANEL
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel / FUEL AUTO GND XFR
COMPLETED
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel / FUEL CG OUT OF
RANGE

Engine start and engine operation


- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines /Ignition and Starting / Starting / Automatic Starting
Sequence
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / FADEC
- Aircraft systems / 70 - Engines / Normal Operation

Fuel Transfer
- Aircraft systems / 28 - Fuel / System Description / Transfer System

Fuel Jettison
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel Jettison
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Fuel Jettison

Diversion
- Aircraft Systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Management System / System Description Flight
Planning / Lateral Flight Plan Revisions / Alternate
- Aircraft Systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Management System / Controls and Indicators / MFD -
FMS pages / Alternate page

mftd4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 16C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

Overweight Landing Procedure


- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Miscellaneous

• FCTM
Normal operations
- Normal Operations / General + Preliminary Cockpit Preparation + Cockpit Preparation +
Before Start + Start + After Start + Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Cruise +
Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Go Around + Landing +
Parking + Standard Callouts

Abnormal operations
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Miscellaneous / Overweight Landing

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Standard knowledge and understanding of FMS architecture.
• Ability to program and use FMS through different flight phases.
• Standard knowledge of normal SOP’S, task sharing and call outs.

mftd4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 16D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 4 (SOP) SESSION GUIDE

2 : The crew has already inserted the ZFW / ZFWCG / FOB figures (refer to syllabus) in
the FMS / FUEL&LOAD page
Explain that the FQMS computes the fuel distribution to ensure a CG target for take-
off of approximately 39,5% (SD page).
Observe the TRIM TANK fuel quantity and note the value.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

The FQMS normally receives (via the avionics system) approx every 10 min an
updated ZFWCG sent by the airline operations via DATALINK (the ground engineer
may also update it using the OMT (laptop located at the rear of the cockpit)), in order
to ensure proper fuel distribution (especially quantity in the trim tank) and final
GWCG target of 39,5%

Then, give the trainees a LOADSHEET last minute change:


ZFW= 345 T
ZFWCG= 37%
Note: Do not change the figures on the IOS to ensure that the current fuel dis-
tribution will not change.

The crew inserts the new figures in the FMS / ACTIVE / FUEL&LOAD page.
Observe that the current fuel distribution does not change. Therefore the FQMS
computes a new GWCG according to the updated ZFW / ZFWCG inserted by the
crew in the FMS.
The crew checks that the updated GWCG is within operational limits:

• If YES:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

The crew will request an updated LOADSHEET.


For demonstration, the crew will use the LOADSHEET application on the OIS:
inserts the updated figures above (use the trip fuel displayed on the FUEL & LOAD
page). The crew will change the TRIM TANK value to the actual one checked on SD
(using the TRIM TANK ADJUSTMENT field), then compute.
The TOCG result must be crosschecked versus the FQMS computation (GWCG on
SD).
If the difference is within 1%, the CM1 signs the LOADSHEET.
If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes (wrong figures insertion, wrong
fuel distribution, FQMS failure….).

• If NO:

To demonstrate GWCG out of operational limits, the instructor inserts on the IOS
the new initial figures (make sure that the crew does not change the figures on
the FMS FUEL & LOAD page to allow the fuel to be redistributed):
ZFW= 340 T
ZFWCG= 32%
FOB= 83 T
Give the crew an updated LOADSHEET: The loading set up has changed:
New figures to be inserted by the crew in the FMS:
ZFW= 340 T
ZFWCG= 38%

mftd4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 16E
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
3

2(end):Observe the updated GWCG on SD: above 44% and amber.


The crew must consider using the AUTO GND XFR procedure
The crew pushes the AUTO GND XFR pb-sw on the OVHD MAINTENANCE panel:
Observe on the FUEL SD, the FWD transfer done by the FQMS to obtain a GWCG
of 39,5%. The FQMS will automatic stop the GND XFR when the GWCG 39,5% is
reached.
Due to time constraint (give a new slot for departure), stop the exercise as soon as
the GWCG has turned green or around 41% of GWCG. Explain that it should take

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
approx 17 min for the fuel to be transferred forward in the feed tanks, in this case.
The transfer rate is approx 600kg per min.
The crew should crosscheck on the OIS the FQMS computation obtained at the end
of the AUTO GND XFR. Crosscheck the TOCG (OIS) versus the GWCG (SD):
If the difference is within 1%, the CM1 signs the LOADSHEET.
If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes.

5 : During CLIMB to FL 310.


FMS exercices :
- CLB CSTR
- MACH CSTR (0.80) at OKRIX
- ALT CRUISE CHANGE 310 instead of 360

6 : Explain the main transfers, the load alleviation transfers and the CG control transfer
during climb and cruise. Use PDP CRUISE.

8 : In cruise to KEF, demonstrate predictive GPS function, and how to deselect GPS
satellite and GPS.
To return to departure, select LFZZ as ALTN in ALTERNATE menu of FPLN INFO.
Then use the enable ALTN function to activate it.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
9 : Explain the philosophy for jettison.
- If it is urgent to land, the crew consider the overweight landing procedure.
This procedure includes the consideration of jettison.
- If it is not urgent to land, the crew does not usually consider the overweight landing
procedure and wants first to Jettison. In this case, they use the jettison procedure.
Perform the jettison procedure after the activation of the not sensed jettison proce-
dure.
Explain that fuel can be jettisoned except fuel from the feed tanks.
Rate is approximately 150 t per hour (2.5 t per minute).
Explain the JTSN GW field in the active / FUEL & LOAD page
Explain the AUTO RCL function.

17 : Urgent landing due to medical problem with a passenger. LFZZ CLOSED diversion
to LFLL.

mftd4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 16F
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
3

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 17
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 5 (FAILURES) - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/10 5000 OVC 005 05/03 1012
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT FL 100 - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 201 Co-route AIBAIB1

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL T 1 - ECAM MANAGEMENT


CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 2 - FUEL TK 2 MAIN PMP FAULT
3 - PACK 1 OVHT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 4 - HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO - RESTORE

CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -8°C


CI 90 TROPO 36090 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB1
TRIP WIND
1:15 5 - TAKE OFF
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD T 6 - ENGINE FAIL - NO DAMAGE
7 - ENGINE RELIGHT
385 t 65 t 8 - ENG 4 ATHR FAULT - RESTORE
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT FL 350 - GW 540 t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 220 t
320 t Co-route AIBAIB
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
1:35 9 - ENGINE FAIL
NOTES
T 10 - ONE ENGINE OUT OPERATIONS- RESTORE
RWY COND WET FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
2:15 T 11 - FUEL LEAK (ON ENGINE)- RESTORE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 272

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd5.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 18
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 5 (FAILURES) - TRAINEE 2


WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/10 5000 OVC 005 05/03 1012
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 201 Co-route AIBAIB1

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 2:30 12 - TAKE OFF


CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 13 - ENG FAIL - NO DAMAGE
14 - ENGINE RELIGHT
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 15 - CLIMB FL 70
16 - HYD G + Y RSVR LEVEL LO
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP -8°C 17 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
CI 90 TROPO 36090 3:20 18 - GO AROUND - RESTORE

TRIP WIND
INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD Co-route PAT 33R

385 t 65 t 3:25 19 - TAKE OFF - CLIMB 4000 ft


GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 20 - FLAPS LOCKED AT RETRACTION
21 - ENG 1 ATHR FAULT IN DOWNWIND
320 t 22 - ILS APP - G/S INOP - LFZZ 33R - (FLS)
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 3:50 23 - GO AROUND - RESTORE
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 272

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd5.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 18A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 5 (FAILURES) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
Study of :
• ECAM MANAGEMENT
• ENGINE FAILURE and RELIGHT PROCEDURE
• FUEL LEAK
• DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
• FLAPS FAILURE

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• ECAM MANAGEMENT
• ENGINE FAILURE and RELIGHT
• DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
• FUEL LEAK
• FLAPS FAILURE

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM.
• FCTM

mftd5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 18B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

D. REFERENCES
• PDP
Normal Operations
Takeoff + Climb + Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Go Around

Abnormal Operations
- ECAM Management
- Engine failure after V1
- Engine failure in cruise
- Fuel leak
- Slats / Flaps failure cases

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

ECAM Procedures
- Aircraft Systems / 31 - Indicating/Recording / ECAM / How to Handle ECAM Procedures

Eng fail
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG FAIL
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG RELIGHT IN FLT

Performance
- Performance / In-flight /One Engine Inoperative

Fuel leak
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 28 - Fuel / FUEL LEAK DETECTED
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / FUEL LEAK

• FCTM
Normal operations
Normal Operations / Takeoff + Climb + Cruise + Descent Preparation + Descent + Approach +
ILS Approach + Go Around + Standard Callouts

Abnormal operations
- Operational philosophy / ECAM
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Operating techniques / Engine Failure After V1 + Engin
Failure During Initial Climb + Engine Failure during cruise
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Hydraulic / G + Y Hydraulic Failures
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Flight Controls / Abnormal Flaps and/or Slats Configuration

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Understanding of ECAM philosophy and application of ECAM procedure.

mftd5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 18C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 5 (FAILURES) SESSION GUIDE

1 : ECAM system philosophy review and introduction of management

The instructor leads the demo by following this scenario :

(Advisory): use of FCOM to look for

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Insert N1 vibration on ENG 1
ECAM advisory
Insert BRAKES ALTN BRK FAULT (level 1)
Insert ELEC BAT 1 FAULT (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert ENGINE 1 FIRE (level 3-Master Warning + CRC)
Insert LEFT MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE (level 3 - Master Warning + CRC)

Dot not perform any ECAM actions

After each failure insertion, instructor highlights on EWD and PFD


- Priority between alerts in a same level
- Priority between alerts in different levels
- Priority between limitations on PFD
- Memos on PFD
- Deferred procedure and limitations : Approach deferred proc is inserted chronolog-
ically before approach check list, because the deferred actions to perform can
modifiy the STATUS and the briefing. Consequently, the approach C/L which refer
to STS and briefing is the last protection about aircraft status awareness.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- STATUS

Restore

Activate the not sensed L/G LDG with Abnormal WING & BODY L/Gs : Explain that
there are a few procedures whose management is different.
Those PROC are displayed until landing, disregarding normal C/L (e.g. LANDING
WITH 2 ENGs INOP ABN PROC)

ECAM system management : Insert ENG 1 FIRE and perform ECAM actions.
Follow the tutorial to explain the management of the ECAM alert
Restore

6 : Insert ENG 3 failure No damage when A/P ON

7 : When relight is successful, explain the deactivation of the not sensed ENGINE
RELIGHT PROC. Reinforce the philosophy : when the condition which has initiated
the activation of a not sensed PROC has disappeared, deactivate the procedure.

8 : Insert ENG 4 A/THR failure. Demonstrate that A/THR is available and drives engine
1, 2 and 3 while engine 4 thrust has to be manually controlled via THR LVR 4.
Restore.

mftd5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 18D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

11 : Insert a fuel leak of 1000 kg/min on FEED TANK 1 to trigger "FUEL LEAK
DETECTED" (consider leak from engine) which takes around 3 minutes. On IOS do
not clear malfunction but select a leak of 0 kg/min.
After analyse and engine shutdown, consider leak stopped.
Consequently engine is kept shutdown.

13 : Insert Engine 2 failure. No damage when AP : ON


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

16 : Insert simultaneously HYD GREEN RSVR LEVEL LO and YELLOW RSVR LEVEL
LO

20 : Insert FLAPS LOCKED between Flaps 3 and 1 position - Highlight the max speed
displayed on ECAM. Explain that the VFE on PFD is the VFE of the actual conf and
not linked with the flaps lever position
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 19
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 6 (FAILURES) - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 280/10 2000 OVC 010 -20/-21 1000
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24 - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 202 Co-route AIBKEF

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 3 - BEFORE START / ENG START / HOT START
4 - AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C 5 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKEOFF
0:50 6 - TAKE OFF
CI 150 TROPO 36090
7 - ENGINE FAIL - DAMAGE
TRIP WIND TL 20 8 - RADAR VECTORS
T 9 - VOR DME APP - ONE ENGINE OUT -
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD LFZZ 33R (FLS)
1:15 10 - GO-AROUND - RESTORE
385 t 65 t 11 - AFS + EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 12 - NDB APP (DOWN TO MDA) - LFZZ 33R (FLS) -
RESTORE
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB
NOTES
RWY COND SNOW FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 1:40 T 13 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1W) FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 402
INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 14 - EXCESS CAB ALT
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 2:05 15 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE

V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX °C VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd6.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 20
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 6 (FAILURES) - TRAINEE 1


WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 280/10 2000 OVC 010 -20/-21 1000
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24 - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 202 Co-route AIBKEF

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 2:20 16 - TAKE OFF


17 - CLIMB 4000 ft
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
18 - ENG FAIL - DAMAGE
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 19 - RADAR VECTORS
T 20 - VOR DME APP - ONE ENGINE OUT -
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C LFZZ 33R (FLS)
21 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT - RESTORE
CI 150 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND TL 20 INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t - Co-route AIBAIB

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 2:50 T 22 - CDS RECONFIGURATION DEMO


23 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
385 t 65 t FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT FL 350 - GW 500 t - ZFW 350 t - FOB 150t
320 t Co-route AIBAIB
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
3:20 24 - CABIN PRESSURIZATION LEAK
NOTES
25 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
RWY COND SNOW FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1W)
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 502 INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t - Co-route AIBAIB

3:30 T 26 - SMOKE AVIONICS SMOKE (LEFT)


FL 100 / MORA - RESTORE
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF INIT FL 350 - GW 385 t - Co-route AIBAIB
LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t
3:45 27 - BOMB ON BOARD (BRIEFING ONLY)
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX °C VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd6.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 20A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 6 (FAILURES) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
Study of :
• ENGINE START FAULT
• MANUAL ENGINE START
• CABIN PRESSURIZATION PROBLEM
• CDS FAILURE / RECONFIGURATION
• AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM FAILURE
• EMERGENCY DESCENT
• AVIONICS SMOKE

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
• ENGINE FAILURE AND RELIGHT

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• MANUAL ENGINE START
• CDS FAILURE / RECONFIGURATION
• AUTO FLIGHT SYSTEM FAILURE
• EXCESS CAB ALT / CABIN PRESSURIZATION LEAK
• EMERGENCY DESCENT
• AVIONICS SMOKE

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM.
• FCTM

mftd6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 20B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

D. REFERENCES
• PDP
Normal Operations
Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb +
Cruise + Descent + ILS Approach + Non Precision Approach +Go Around

Abnormal Operations
- Engine failure after V1
- CDS Reconfiguration
- Emergency Descent
- SMOKE Procedure

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

ECAM Procedures
- Aircraft Systems / 31 - Indicating/Recording / ECAM / How to Handle ECAM Procedures

Engine start fault


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG START FAULT

Manual engine start


- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Engines / Unusual starting procedures

Eng fail
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG FAIL
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG RELIGHT IN FLT

FCU Back up
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 22- Auto flight / AUTO FLT AFS
CTL PNL FAULT
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 31- Indicating/Recording / CDS CPT
(EFIS) CTL PNL FAULT

Emergency descent
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 21 - Pressurisation / CAB PRESS
EXCESS CAB ALT
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Emergency procedures

CDS Failure
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 31 - Indicating/Recording / CDS

Smoke
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and smoke protection /
SMOKE MAIN AVNCS SMOKE

mftd6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 20C
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

• FCTM
Normal operations
Normal operations / Cockpit Preparation + Before Start / After Start + Taxi / Before Takeoff +
Takeoff + Climb + Cruise + Decent Preparation + Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Non
Precision Approach + Go Around + Standard callouts

Abnormal operations
- Operational philosophy / ECAM
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Operating techniques / Engine Failure After V1 + Engine
Failure During Initial Climb
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Fire Protection / SMOKE/FUMES
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Miscellaneous / EMERGENCY DESCENT
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Auto flight / AUTO FLT AFS/EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
- ABNORMAL OPERATIONS / Miscellaneous / Bomb on Board

• QRH
- SMOKE procedures

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Demonstrate comprehensive knowledge of aircraft systems operation, use of ECAM and
appropriate procedure.
• Understanding and application of crew coordination under malfunctions conditions.

mftd6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 20D
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 6 (FAILURES) SESSION GUIDE

2 : FMS preparation with KBD OFF on KCCU 2 in order to practice FMS preparation
with CCD and SOFT KEYBOARD.
When FMS preparation completed, restore

3 : Insert a HOT START on engine 4. When ECAM actions completed, restore, perform
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

a manual engine start on engine 4. Then perform a manual start on Engine 1 with
hot start to highlight the difference of protections between AUTO and MAN. Restore
and perform a quick start through IOS panel.

9,12,20: FLS approach in cold weather conditions. Explain that the FLS profile takes into
account the temperature corrections (use tutorial NPA flown with FLS function,
COLD WEATHER).

11 : For training purpose, on MFD FCU BACKUP page, select manually AFS and EFIS
BACKUP.

13,23: When Q and A with Tutorial completed, trainees perform an emergency descent
without failure. Trainees should select the ABN Not-Sensed PROC : EMER
DESCENT to update the ECAM limitations.

14 : Insert EXCESS CAB ALT. (EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION).

22 : Perform the DEMO by switching OFF the DU’s instead of inserting failure. Proceed
step by step, to demonstrate the auto reconf, and then the manual one, via the
RECONF P/B. After the demo, insert a CAPT PFD CDS unit fault. When ECAM
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

actions completed, restore.

24 : Insert CABIN PRESS DOOR LEAK 1L with a leak rate of 1500 ft/min

26 : Insert SMOKE MAIN AVNCS SMOKE (LEFT).


The flight crew performs ECAM actions (immediate actions) and reverts to QRH as
per ECAM procedure.
Freeze when EMER ELEC consider
Restore.

27 : Brief the "BOMB ON BOARD" procedure using the FCOM. Then for demo activate
the not sensed "BOMB ON BOARD" procedure for display only.
Do not perform actions.

mftd6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 21
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 7 (Progress Check) - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 030/12 3000 OVC 006 30/20 1011
LFPO 060/10 4000 OVC 800 28/26 1012 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33 R - GW 390 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 203 Co-route AIBKEF

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 3 - BEFORE START
4 - ENG START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP - 55°C 5 - AFTER START
6 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKEOFF
CI 150 TROPO 36090
1:00 7 - TAKE OFF
TRIP WIND - 8 - AFTER TAKE OFF
9 - CLIMB
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - CRUISE
11 - PACKS 1 + 2 FAULT
390 t 90 t 12 - DIVERSION - LFPO
GW FOB
858 000 Ib 198 000 Ib 1:40 13 - ILS APP - G/S INOP - LFPO 06 (FLS)
14 - GO AROUND
300 t 15 - ILS APP - LFPO 06
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
660 000 Ib 2:00 16 - AUTOLAND
17 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES
18 - PARKING - TAIL PIPE FIRE
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 301

E.
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 390 t LFZZ 33R / GW 390 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd7.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 22
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 7 (Progress Check) - TRAINEE 2


E
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFPO 060/10 4000 OVC 800 28/26 1011

INIT TAKE OFF - LFPO 06 - GW 390 t


ACTIVE / INIT Co-route ORYKEF
FLT NBR A/L ID 203
2:15 19 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
FROM LFPO TO BIKF ALTN EINN (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
20 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE ORYKEF
21 - BEFORE START
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 22 - ENG START
23 - AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP - 55°C 24 - TAXI - BEFORE TAKEOFF
3:15 25 - TAKEOFF
CI 150 TROPO 36090
26 - AFTER TAKEOFF
TRIP WIND - 27 - ENGINE FAILURE
28 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 29 - RADAR VECTORS
3:35 30 - VOR DME APP ONE ENGINE OUT
390 t 90 t LFPO 06 (SELECTED)
GW FOB
858 000 Ib 198 000 Ib 31 - GO AROUND - ONE ENGINE OUT
32 - RADAR VECTORS
300 t 33 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFPO 06
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
660 000 Ib 3:55 34 - AUTOLAND ONE ENGINE OUT
35 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES
36 - PARKING
RWY COND DRY FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
37 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
AIR COND ON (SID ATREX 1V)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 301

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFPO 06 / GW 390 t LFPO 06 / GW 390 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd7.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 22A
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.03

MFTD 7 (Progress Check) SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Check trainee’s ability to carry out normal and abnormal operations according to standard
requirements.

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
• ECAM PHILOSOPHY AND ECAM MANAGEMENT

B. NEW EXERCICES :
• NIL

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM.
• FCTM

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


The application of normal standard operating procedures and the management of abnormal
procedure are of standard level or above, which means "Ready for next phase" (FFS).

mftd7gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.03 Page 22B
A380 L F2S
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD 7 (Progress Check) SESSION GUIDE

2 : Give the crew a slot for departure.

3 : LOADSHEET last minute change :


ZFW : 305 t
ZFWCG : 37 %
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

If flight crew decision is to perform a fuel auto ground transfer, give a new slot for
departure. Therefore, due to time constraint, flight crew will compute a new load-
sheet on the OIS with updated figures, instead of performing a fuel transfer.

7 : During line up, change clearance to Heading 310 4000 ft


When airborne reaching 4000 ft, resume navigation on SID.

10 : Final cruise FL 340.


Request predictions (TIME / DIST) to FL 340.

11 : At BRY, Insert PACK 1 OVHT and PACK 2 FAULT. When PACKS OFF, insert PACK
1 FAULT. Explain that with PACKS OFF, the cabin depressurization rate is less than
1000 ft / min.
Descent and diversion to LFPO, fail G/S of ILS RWY 06.
Clearance is MLN FL 60 then radar vectors for LOC APP RWY 06 (G/S INOP)

15 : Cancel G/S ILS 06 failure


RADAR VECTORS for ILS APP RWY 06

18 : During engine shutdown, ground mechanics indicates a tail pipe fire on engine 2.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Flight crew performs the Not-Sensed TAIL PIPE FIRE procedure.

20 : Insert HYD G ENG 1 PUMP A PRESS LO. Dispatch with MMEL.

24 : RWY change for take off 08 due to runway obstruction on runway 06

27 : Insert engine 4 OIL QTY at 0 to trigger ENG 4 OIL PRESS LO, which leads the crew
to shutdown the engine.

30 : Due to ILS 06 FAILURE, radar vectors for VOR DME RWY 06.
For training purpose, approach in selected mode.

31 : GO AROUND ordered by ATC due to RWY incursion

33 : Cancel ILS 06 failure


Radar vectors for ILS approach RWY 06

mftd7gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 1
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 330/10 9999 SCT 025 20/10 1010 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
LFLL CALM 5000 OVC 008 20/10 1010

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A 1 - LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 201 GW 385 t
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ Co-route AIBLYS

CPNY RTE AIBLYS 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
SUPPLIED)
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP -7°C
3 - ENG START / AFTER START
CI 90 TROPO 36090 4 - TAXI
0:50 5 - TAKE OFF v v
TRIP WIND HD 15 6 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 7 - STUDY OF NORMAL LAW (15’) v
8 - SIDE STICK PRIORITY DEMO (5’) v v
385 t 65 t 9 - DES-STAR v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 10 - ILS APP LFLL 18L v v
11 - LANDING
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 1:35 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
704 000 lb
GW 385 t
NOTES Co-route PAT 33 R
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) 12 - TAKE OFF v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 100 13 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - PATTERN 33R v v
15 - VISUAL APP v v
E 16 - LANDING
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
1:50 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
GW 385 t
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
Co-route PAT 33 R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
17 - TAKE OFF v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 18 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
19 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
20 - GO AROUND v v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED
21 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
22 - VISUAL PATTERN v
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR 23 - LANDING
24 - AFTER LANDING
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs1.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 2
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 1 - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 330/10 9999 SCT 025 20/10 1010 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
LFLL CALM 5000 OVC 008 20/10 1010

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:25 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 201 GW 385 t
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ Co-route AIBLYS

CPNY RTE AIBLYS


25 - TAKE OFF v v
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
26 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v
CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP -7°C 27 - DES - STAR v v
28 - ILS APP LFLL 18L v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 29 - LANDING

TRIP WIND HD 15
2:55 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD GW 385 t
Co-route PAT 33 R
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 30 - TAKE OFF v v
31 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v
320 t ZFWC 32 - PATTERN 33R v v
ZFW 35 % 33 - VISUAL APP v v
704 000 lb G
34 - LANDING
NOTES
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 3:10 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) GW 385 t
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 100 Co-route PAT 33 R
ANTI ICE OFF
35 - TAKE OFF v v
36 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 37 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 38 - GO AROUND v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 39 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
40 - VISUAL PATTERN v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 41 - LANDING
42 - AFTER LANDING
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 43 - TAXI
44 - PARKING - GATE A1
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 3:45 45 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs1.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 2A
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 1 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Practice cockpit preparation (real environment).
• Introduction to aircraft handling characteristics.
• Introduction to "Normal Law" - Envelope protections.
• Practice visual pattern, go around and landing.

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• Cockpit preparation using aircraft equipments in a real environment.

B. NEW EXERCISES :
• TAKE OFF
• NORMAL LAW - PROTECTIONS
• SIDE STICK PRIORITY
• VISUAL PATTERN
• TCAS EVENT
• GO AROUND
• LANDING

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

D. REFERENCES
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Landing + Normal Law + Visual Pattern + Velocity Vector + TCAS

Standard flight profile - SOP's


- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Normal Law
- Aircraft systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Flight Control System / Normal Law

Protections
- Aircraft systems / 22 - 27 - Flight Envelope / Operating Speeds + Protections

ffs1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 2B
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

Side stick priority and indications


- Aircraft systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Controls and Indicators / Side Sticks + Side Stick
Priority + Side Stick Indication on PFD
- Aircraft systems / 22 - AFS - Flight Guidance / Controls and Indicators / Sidestick
- Aircraft systems / 25 - Equipment / Cockpit / Cockpit Seats

TCAS Event
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV Traffic Advisory Alert +
Resolution Advisory Alerts

• FCTM

Handling in normal operations


- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb+ Descent Preparation +
Descent + Approach + ILS Approach + Visual Approach + Landing + Go Around + After
Landing + Parking + Standard Callouts

Taxi roll, steering and braking


- Normal Operations / Taxi

Takeoff roll and rotation technique


- Normal Operations / Takeoff

Landing: flare, callout, derotation, rollout, braking


- Normal Operations / Landing

Normal Law and Protections


- Operational Philosophy / Flight Controls / Laws + Protections

Side Stick and Priority P/B


- Operational Philosophy / Flight Controls / System characteristics

Velocity Vector
- Supplementary Information / Flight References

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Understanding of Normal Law protections.
• Ability to handle the aircraft in Normal Law.
• Ability to apply correct take off and landing techniques.

ffs1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 2C
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE

DAY VISUAL (Select visibility 25 km)

2 : - Presentation of equipments that are not available in the MFTD


- Show the location of the A380 simulator instructor guide
- Safety equipments (fire extinguishers, escape ropes, flashing lights)

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Seat adjustment, lights
- Laptop installation
- Oxygen masks
- Audio : hand mike, headset, RMP, ACP, PTT
- Use of taxi camera, airport navigation
- First FFS handling characteristics review (NWS, taxi, brake check, flight control
check, take off side stick position, rotation technique)

Reinforce frequency insertion procedure : 2 possibilities


1) Insert all the digit and enter : e.g. : 118.0 or
2) If you insert only 18 without validating it, the field is still active.
Explain the following risk : If the pilot wants to enter another frequency (eg : 135.0),
and enters 35, the result will be 118.35 which is not expected.

4 : Aircraft component location : use components visualization menu in the IOS


repositionning function page to display on visual : gears, engines, wing tips position

7 : VV design
- Explain that whatever the size and the color, VV indicates always the same thing /
the track (TRK) and the flight path angle (FPA).

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- The message to be adressed about size and color is :
• Size means FD status
• small : FD ON follow FD
• big : FD OFF follow VV
• Color means
• black = HDG / VS
• green = TRK / FPA

Flight control law demonstration performed by each trainee:


- Level flight: Speed 280 kts - AP OFF
• Disconnect the A/THR: check that the standard procedure is applied
• Remove the FD, select TRK / FPA: explain relationship between Flight Path
Angle and pitch attitude
- Stability in pitch
• Level flight: Increase and decrease speed by 40 kts: explain stability in pitch
(auto trim)
• Repeat the same exercise using FPA ±3° keeping the same thrust setting
- Stability in roll
• Turn with 30° bank angle: explain roll stability and turn coordination
• Increase to 45° bank angle: stability is lost and need for side stick inputs to
maintain bank angle and level flight
• Release the side stick: explain bank angle back to 33° and need for small
back pressure to regain the altitude

ffs1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 2D
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

7(end): Protections
Trainee 1 performs all the protections exercices in clean configuration.
Trainee 2 performs only the high angle of attack protection in landing
configuration. AP OFF - FD OFF - TRK / FPA - A/THR OFF

- Roll: speed around 280 kts


• Ask the pilot to practice 45° bank angle turns
• Ask the pilot to increase bank angle to the maximum (67°) (green dashes)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

• Emphasize that the max bank angle corresponds to the max G load (2.5 G),
displayed on SD

- Pitch: speed around 280kts


• Apply progressively maximum full up side stick deflection
• Emphasize maximum pitch up to 30° (green dashes) reduced to 25° at low
speed
• Alpha floor could engage due to high angle of attack protection
• Repeat the same demonstration for maximum full down side stick deflection
(maximum 15° pitch down): do not engage high speed protection and resume
normal flight

- High speed: speed around 280kts - LEVEL FLIGHT


• Set FPA -3° and release the side stick
• Observe pitch up demand at VMO+10 / MMO + .02
• Recover speed to 320kts and apply full forward side stick
• Mention that the speed can increase up to VD-10 / MD -.02M but pitch up
demand still applies with maximum side stick deflection
• Apply maximum bank angle (limited to 45°)
• And then release the side stick to demonstrate spiral stability
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- High angle of attack


Disconnect A/THR
• Reduce speed below VLS side stick free: demonstrate pitch down to maintain
speed above alpha PROT
• At α PROT the auto trim ceases
• Between α PROT and α MAX, α FLOOR engages: disconnect it
• Explain that with full back side stick aircraft reaches α MAX but does not stall
• Demonstrate the maximum bank angle (45°)
• Restore VAPP. and establish the aircraft on a 3° FPA in descent: ask the pilot
to practice an emergency pull up (Maximum deflection in pitch and roll)

Re-engage appropriate modes for automation after recovery

9,27 : When reaching DME ARC, trainee disconnects AP, to fly manually following FD
orders.

10,28 : Stabilized approach to allow the trainee to feel the aircraft configuration changes
while manually flying.

11,29 : Reinforce flare technique before landing

ffs1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 2E
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

14,32 : Freeze position in downwind. Trainees set FD OFF. Insert 25 kt crosswind left then
right to notice the impact on the VV position. Then remove crosswind and unfreeze.

22,40 : ATHR OFF in downwind to fly in manual thrust.


Highlight the management of thrust with ACUTE. Manual adjustment of ACUTE on
all engines to target value is sensitive : 1% of N1 = about 5% of ACUTE

26 : TCAS event : select scenario 9 (reversed V/S) when levelled off at FL 120.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 2F
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs1gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 3
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 050/20 8000 OVC 008 8/4 998 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 33
FLT NBR A/L ID 202 GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB1
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
CPNY RTE AIBAIB1 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS SUPPLIED)
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION v
CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP 0°C v
3 - ENG START / AFTER START
CI 90 TROPO 36090 4 - TAXI v
1:00 5 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND -
TRIP WIND HD 15 v v v
INCAPACITATION
6 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
7 - DES - STAR v v v v
385 t 65 t 8 - LOC APP - LFZZ 33R (FLS) v v v v v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb 9 - REJECTED LANDING v v v
10 - VOR DME - LFZZ 33R (FLS) v v v v
320 t 11 - LANDING - CROSSWIND v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
1:40 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
NOTES GW 385 t - WIND 050/15
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE Co-route PAT 33R
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1N)
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 12 - TAKE OFF - PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR
v v v
WINDSHEAR
ANTI ICE OFF
13 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v
E 14 - PATTERN 33R v v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 15 - ILS APP RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v
2:00 16 - LANDING v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t INIT APP - LFZZ 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA GW 385 t

v v 17 - ILS RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v


VR FLEX VR FLEX
18 - HIGH ENERGY GO AROUND -
v v v
CLEAN UP - FREEZE
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs2.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 4
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 050/20 8000 OVC 008 8/4 998 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:20 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 202 GW 385 t
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-route PAT 33R

CPNY RTE PAT 33R 19 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v v


ALTN RTE AIBLYS 20 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v v
21 - PATTERN 33R v v v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP 0°C 22 - DOWNWIND - TCAS EVENT v v v v
23 - VOR DME APP - LFZZ 33R
CI 90 TROPO 36090 v v v v v
(SELECTED)
24 - HIGH ENERGY GO AROUND v v v
TRIP WIND -
25 - NDB APP - LFZZ 33R (FLS) v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 26 - LANDING - CROSSWIND v

385 t 65 t 3:00 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R


GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb GW 385 t - CAVOK
Co-route PAT 33R
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 27 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v v
704 000 lb
28 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v v
NOTES 29 - VISUAL PATTERN v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 30 - REJECTED LANDING v v v
RWY COND DRY (SID 1B) 31 - VISUAL PATTERN v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 250 32 - LANDING - CROSSWIND v
ANTI ICE OFF
3:20 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R -
E GW 385 t - WIND 050/15 - 8000 - OVC 008
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 Co-route PAT 33R
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
33 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t v v v v
34 - CLIMB 4000 FT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 35 - PATTERN 33R v v v v
36 - ILS APP RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 37 - GO AROUND - INCAPACITATION v v v

INIT APP- LFZZ 33R


V2 DERATED V2 DERATED
GW 385 t

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR 3:45 38 - ILS APP RAW DATA - LFZZ 33R v v v
39 - LANDING LFZZ 33R v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 40 - AFTER LANDING v
41 - TAXI - GATE A1 v
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 42 - PARKING v
3:55 43 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT v
VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs2.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 4A
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 2 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
Practice :
• Cockpit preparation (real environment).
• Non precision approaches and ILS RAW DATA.
• Windshear recovery techniques at Takeoff.
• Takeoff and Landing with crosswind.

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• Cockpit preparation using aircraft equipments in a real environment.
• Visual pattern.
• ILS approach.
• Go around procedure.

B. NEW EXERCISES :
• TAKE OFF WITH CROSSWIND
• PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR - WINDSHEAR (TAKE OFF)
• ILS RAW DATA
• NON PRECISION APPROACH
• CREW INCAPACITATION
• LANDING WITH CROSSWIND

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

ffs2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 4B
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Crosswind takeoff + Incapacitation + Windshear + ILS RAW DATA + Visual
Pattern + Velocity Vector + TCAS

• FCOM

Standard flight profile - SOP's


- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Crew Incapacitation
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / Miscellaneous

TCAS Event
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV Traffic Advisory Alert +
Resolution Advisory Alerts

Windshear
- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Adverse Weather / Operations in windshear -
Downburst conditions
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV MONITOR RADAR DIS-
PLAY + WINDSHEAR AHEAD WINDSHEAR AHEAD + GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD + WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR

• FCTM

Handling in normal operations


- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + Descent Preparation +
Descent + Approach + Non Precision Approach + ILS Raw Data Approach + Landing + Go
Around + Standard Callouts

Taxi roll, steering and braking


- Normal Operations / Taxi

Takeoff roll and rotation technique


- Normal Operations / Takeoff

Landing: flare, callout, derotation, rollout, braking


- Normal Operations / Landing

Velocity Vector
- Supplementary Information / Flight References

Crew Incapacitation
- Abnormal Operations / Miscellaneous

ffs2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 4C
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Apply good crew coordination and task sharing.
• Proper use of automation.
• Confirm the ability to :
- Handle the aircraft safely.
- Perform Non precision approaches.
- Perform ILS raw data.
- Take off and landing in crosswind conditions

ffs2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 4D
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE

DAY VISUAL

TRAINEE 2

4 : Demonstrate FMS Take Off shift function. Line up via B2 with a shift of 170 meters.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

5 : Trainee 2 incapacitation :
At 100 ft the trainee 2 set an unusual high pitch attitude and holds the stick control.
Emphasize the latching condition on Trainee 1 side (more than 30 sec.).
Back to normal crew position when incapacitation procedure completed and aircraft
in clean configuration.

6 : TCAS : Select scenario 10 : " RA crossing flight path ".

8 : Fail IANR G/S.

9 : Reject landing at 50 ft.

12 : On environment page select microburst to activate predictive windshear at take off.


Cancel predictive windshear, then insert windshear on rotation for recovery
technique.

18 : In CONF1 and when Go Around altitude set, initiate a Go Around and perform
standard missed approach procedure.
The idea is to insure that trainees are able to cope with a well above MDA GO
AROUND, with rapid FMA changes.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

TRAINEE 1

22 : TCAS event : Select scenario 6 (maintain V/S).

24 : When on final, conf 2 or 3, initiate a go around before 1000 ft AGL and provide radar
vectoring with a climb to 3700 ft QNH.
After aircraft is clean, resume climb to MSA.
The idea is to insure that trainees are able to cope with a well above MDA GO
AROUND, with rapid FMA changes.

30 : Reject landing at 50 ft.

33 : Insert windshear after rotation.

37 : Trainee 1 incapacitation :
During go around, trainee 1 faints, then trainee 2 takes control.
End of exercice when incapacitation procedure completed and aircraft in clean
configuration.

ffs2gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 5
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
EVENTS

Time
LFZZ 280/12 5000 OVC 900 33/15 1020

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 24
FLT NBR A/L ID 203 MTOW 569 t
Co route AIBKEF - NIGHT VISUAL
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN
CPNY RTE AIBKEF „ 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
APU BLEED FAULT (AIRCRAFT NOT
ALTN RTE KEFSNN ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C 3 - ENG START WITH EXT PNEUMATIC
POWER
CI 90 TROPO 36090
4 - TAXI
TRIP WIND TL 15 0:50 „ 5 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF - ARS DEMO v v
„ 6 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD „ 7 - CRUISE - DIVERSION TO LFZZ v v v
569 t 209 t 1:10 8 - DES - STAR v v v
GW FOB „ 9 - LOC APP OVERWEIGHT - LFZZ 33R
1 232 000 lb 440 000 lb v v v v
(FLS) - AES DEMO
„ 10 - PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR /
360 t v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % WINDSHEAR ON APP
792 000 lb 1:30 11 - GO AROUND v v
NOTES 12 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v v v
NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 13 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1W)
1:50 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 24
AIR COND OFF PAX NUMBER : 500 GW 385t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ANTI ICE OFF 310/25 - 25 km - SCT 030 - NIGHT VISUAL
E
„ 14 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND - DEMO
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 v v
FLRS
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 15 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v
LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t 16 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
„ 17 - LOW ENERGY WARNING v
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
18 - LANDING CROSSWIND
19 - 180° ON RUNWAY 60 m WIDTH
VR FLEX VR FLEX
2:00 INIT APP - LFZZ 33 R
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED GW 385 t
NIGHT VISUAL
FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR
„ 20 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R -
v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF G/S FROM ABOVE
LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t „ 21 - GPWS BASIC MODE DEMO
v v v
RECOVERY PROC
V1 129 TOGA V1 138 TOGA 22 - GO AROUND - AFTER T/OFF C/L v v

VR 136 v FLEX 73 VR 150 v FLEX 73

V2 140 DERATED V2 153 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs3.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 6
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 3 - TRAINEE 2
E
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 280/12 5000 OVC 900 33/15 1020 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:25 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 24
FLT NBR A/L ID 203 MTOW 569 t
Co-route AIBKEF - NIGHT VISUAL
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 23 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF v v
„ 24 - SID - CLIMB FL 120 -
ALTN RTE KEFSNN v v v
REVERSION MODE
„ 25 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C
26 - LOC (BACK CRS) DME - LFZZ 15L v v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 27 - WINDSHEAR ON APP v v
2:55 28 - GO AROUND v v
TRIP WIND TL 15 29 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 30 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING

569 t 209 t 3:15 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 24


GW FOB
1232000 lb 440 000 lb GW 385t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
310/25 - 25 km - SCT 030 - NIGHT VISUAL
360 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 31 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v v
792 000 lb
32 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v v
NOTES 33 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 34 - LANDING CROSSWIND v
RWY COND DRY (SID MOU 1W) 35 - 180° ON RUNWAY 60m WIDTH v
AIR COND OFF PAX NUMBER : 500
ANTI ICE OFF 3:30 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 24
GW 385t - 310/25 - 25 km - SCT 030
NIGHT VISUAL
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
36 - TAKE OFF -
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF v v
CROSSWIND WINDSHEAR
LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 24 / MTOW 569 t
37 - CLIMB 2300 FT v v v
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA „ 38 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
39 - LANDING CROSSWIND v v
VR FLEX VR FLEX 40 - TAXI v
41 - APU FIRE
42 - EMER EVAC
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t LFZZ 24 / GW 385 t
V1 129 TOGA V1 138 TOGA

VR 136 v FLEX 73 VR 150 v FLEX 73

V2 140 DERATED V2 153 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs3.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 6A
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 3 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
Practice
• Decision making (CRM).
• Unusual engine start / engine start with EXT PNEU PWR
• Heavy weight operations.
• Non precision Approaches.
• Windshear recovery technique in approach.
• 180° TURN on RWY 60m width
• GPWS recovery technique

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• Non precision approach.
• Go around procedure.
• Take off and landing with crosswind.
• TCAS

B. NEW EXERCISES :
• UNUSUAL ENGINE START / ENGINE START WITH EXT PNEU PWR
• PREDICTIVE WINDSHEAR - WINDSHEAR (LANDING)
• AUTO RETRACTION / EXTENSION SYSTEM
• REVERSION MODE (FD orders not followed)
• LOW ENERGY WARNING
• FLAPS LOAD RELIEF
• 180° TURN ON RWY 60M WIDTH
• G/S FROM ABOVE
• GPWS
• EMER EVACUATION

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

ffs3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 6B
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Crosswind takeoff + Slats - Flaps protections + Windshear + Visual
Pattern + Velocity Vector + Low energy warning + Glide slope from above + Taws + Mode
Reversions + TCAS + Emergency evacuation

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Engine start with EXT Pneumatic power


- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Engines / Unusual starting procedures

180 degree turn on 60 meter wide runway


- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures / Taxi

Auto extension/retraction system, FLRS


- Aircraft systems / 27 Flight Controls / Slats/Flaps / Configurations / Slats/Flaps Extension/
Retraction

Low energy warning


- Aircraft systems / 22 - 27 - Flight Envelope / Protections / Low Energy Warning

Windshear
- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Adverse Weather / Operations in windshear -
Downburst conditions
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV MONITOR RADAR DIS-
PLAY + WINDSHEAR AHEAD WINDSHEAR AHEAD + GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD + WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR

Taws
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV

TCAS Event
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV Traffic Advisory Alert +
Resolution Advisory Alerts

Overweight landing
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures / Miscellaneous

APU Fire
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and Smoke Protection /
APU FIRE

• Master Minimum Equipment List (MMEL)


- MMEL Entries / ECAM Alert / AIR / APU BLEED FAULT

ffs3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 6C
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

• FCTM

Handling in normal operations


- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Raw Data Approach +
Landing + Go Around + Standard Callouts

180 Deg Turn


- Normal Operations / Taxi

Takeoff at heavy weight


- Normal Operations / Takeoff / Takeoff at heavy weight

ILS glide slope from above


- Normal Operations / ILS Approach / Final Approach / Glide Slope Interception From
Above

Velocity Vector
- Supplementary Information / Flight References

Use of MMEL
- Normal Operations / Flight Preparation / MEL

Overweight Landing
- Abnormal operations / Miscellaneous

Emergency Evacuation
- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques

• QRH
- EVACUATION

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Assess crew coordination and task sharing.
• Handling : Flight within the below listed criteria should not be achieved at the
expense of smooth and good coordination :
Speed : + 10 / - 5 kts
Heading : ± 5°
Tracking : ± 5°
Altitude : ± 100 ft
All phases must be handled safely.
• At this stage, the trainee must be able to start Abnormal and Emergency procedures study.

ffs3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 6D
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE

NIGHT VISUAL

TRAINEE 1

1 : Insert APU Bleed fault, before APU Bleed ON selected by flight crew. Dispatch with
MMEL
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

5 : When in CONF 1 + F, observe flap autoretraction at 212 kt, and change on PFD :
1 + F to 1

6 : TCAS : Select scenario 10 (crossing flight path).

7 : Passing FL 70 : Call from the cabin :


- A pregnant passenger is ready to give birth to her fourth child,
- There is no doctor, nor midwife on board,
- If the crew doesn't react, advise that 80% of the passengers start to strongly protest
against the Captain decision to continue to destination.
Overweight landing procedure due to urgency

9 : Fail IANR G/S. In approach, select CONF 1; reduce speed below 205 kt to activate
the automatic extension system (AES). Observe that flaps will extend to 1 + F.

10 : On environment page, select microburst to activate predictive windshear on


approach. When the message "WINDSHEAR AHEAD" is displayed cancel
microburst and select moderate windshear for recovery technique.

14 : Demo FLRS : At acceleration altitude, reduce the pitch to increase IAS to


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

VFE + 2,5 kt, observe FLAP LOAD RELIEF and RELIEF displayed on lower PFD.
Continue to accelerate in order to exceed VFE ; observe no further retraction and
overspeed warning. Increase pitch to 15° and point out FLAP reextension at
VFE - 2,5 kt. Fly FD to retract Slats / Flaps

17 : A/THR Off : Start final turn in level flight to trigger the "SPEED, SPEED, SPEED"
warning.

20 : Delay G/S interception for G/S from above exercise

21 : When the trainee has completed the G/S from above procedure and rearmed the
G/S, the instructor requests to disarm the G/S to demonstrate the GPWS warnings.
The purpose is to perform the recovery procedure when "PULL UP" is triggered.

TRAINEE 2

24 : Demo of reversion mode : FD orders not followed.

25 : Passenger has a heart attack.


Overweight procedure due to urgency.

38 : A/THR OFF in downwind to fly in manual thrust.

ffs3gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 7
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 350/10 6000 OVC 010 30/10 1020 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
LFLL 350/10 6000 OVC 012 30/10 1020

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
„ INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 204 GW 385t
FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ Co-route AIBLYS

CPNY RTE AIBLYS „ 1 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v v


2 - CLIMB FL 110 v v v v
ALTN RTE LYSAIB
„ 3 - ALTERNATE LAW DEMO
CRZ FL FL 110 DIRECT LAW DEMO v v
CRZ TEMP -0°C
BACKUP MODULE DEMO
CI 90 TROPO 36090 „ 4 - STALL RECOVERY v
0:50 „ 5 - HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO v v v v
TRIP WIND HD 15 6 - DES - STAR v v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 7 - ILS APP - LFLL 36L - ALTN LAW v v v
8 - LANDING v
385 t 65 t „ 9 - TAXI v
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
1:25 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFLL 36 L
320 t GW 385 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % Co-route LYSAIB
704 000 lb
NOTES 10 - TAKE OFF v v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 11 - CLIMB FL 120 v
RWY COND DRY (SID ONZON 1N) 12 - ALL GEN FAULT v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 350 13 - EMER ELEC CONFIGURATION v v
ANTI ICE OFF „ 14 - DES - STAR v
15 - ILS APP - LFZZ 06 - DIRECT LAW v v
E 16 - LANDING v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFLL 36L / GW 385 t LFLL 36L / GW 385 t
V1 128 TOGA V1 138 TOGA

VR 135 v FLEX 73 VR 149 v FLEX 73

V2 140 DERATED V2 153 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs4.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 8
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 4 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 350/10 6000 OVC 010 30/10 1020 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
LFLL 350/10 6000 OVC 012 30/10 1020

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:20 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFLL 36 L
FLT NBR A/L ID 204 GW 385 t
FROM LFLL TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-route LYSAIB

CPNY RTE LYSAIB 17 - TAKE OFF v v v


ALTN RTE AIBLYS 18 - CLIMB FL 120 v v v v
19 - CRUISE v v v v
CRZ FL FL 120 CRZ TEMP -0°C „ 20 - FUEL LEAK (ON FEED TANK) v v v v
21 - DES - STAR v v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 22 - RELIGHT IN FLIGHT v v v v
„ 23 - FLAPS SYS 1+2 FAULT v v v
TRIP WIND HD 15
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - ALTN LAW v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 25 - LANDING v

385 t 65 t 3:00 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R -


GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB1
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % v v v
704 000 lb 26 - TAKE OFF
27 - CLIMB 3000’ v v v v
NOTES „ 28 - EGPWS DEMO - RECOVERY PROC v v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 29 - PRIM 1+2+3 FAULT v v v
RWY COND DRY (SID EB) 3:20 30 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 350 31 - LANDING v
ANTI ICE OFF

IF TRAINEE 2 CAPTAIN
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF INIT APP - LFZZ 06
LFLL 36L GW 385 t LFLL 36L / GW 385 t GW 385 t

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA „ 32 - ILS APP - LFZZ 06 - IN ELECTRICAL


v v
EMERGENCY CONFIGURATION
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 33 - LANDING v

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 128 v FLEX 58 VR 125 v FLEX 57

V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs4.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 8A
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 4 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Demonstration of FCTL alternate and direct laws.
• Demonstration of backup module
Practice :
• Stall recovery
• Dual hydraulic failure event.
• Emergency electrical configuration event.
• Approach and landing in alternate and direct law.
• EGPWS recovery technique.

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• WINDSHEAR RECOVERY TECHNIQUE
• FUEL LEAK

B. NEW EXERCISES :
• F/CTL RECONFIGURATION LAWS
• STALL RECOVERY
• HYD G + Y RSVR LVL LO
• EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL CONFIGURATION
• EGPWS
• FLAPS LOCKED (BEFORE EXTENSION)
• ILS APP in ALTERNATE / DIRECT LAW

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

ffs4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 8B
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + Windshear + Reconfiguration Law + Stall Recovery + Slats - Flaps
protections + Velocity Vector + Taws

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Windshear
- Procedures / Supplementary Procedures / Adverse Weather / Operations in windshear -
Downburst conditions
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV MONITOR RADAR DIS-
PLAY + WINDSHEAR AHEAD WINDSHEAR AHEAD + GO AROUND WINDSHEAR
AHEAD + WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR, WINDSHEAR

Reconfiguration Control Laws


- Aircraft Systems / 27 - Flight Controls / Flight Control System / Reconfiguration Control
Laws

Dual hydraulic failure


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 29 - Hydraulic / G + Y SYS PRESS
LO

Emer Elec Config


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 24 - Electrical / EMER ELC CONFIG

Fuel leak
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 28 - Fuel / Fuel leak

Slats / Flaps Fault


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 27 - Slats/Flaps / FLAP SYS 1 + 2
FAULT

All PRIM failure


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency procedures / 27 - Flight Controls / PRIM 1+2+3
FAULT

Taws
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / 34 - Navigation / SURV

ffs4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 8C
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

• FCTM

Handling in normal operations


- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Raw Data Approach +
Landing + Standard Callouts

Velocity Vector
- Supplementary Information / Flight References

Abnormal operations
- Operational philosophy / Flight Control / Laws / Alternate Law + Direct Law + Indications

Dual Hydraulic Failure


- Abnormal operations / Hydraulic

Emer Elec Config


- Abnormal operations / Electrical

Abnormal Flaps and/or Slats Configuration


- Abnormal operations / Flight Controls

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to handle the aircraft in alternate and direct Law.
• Apply good crew coordination and task sharing during abnormal operations, using ECAM
and OIS applications.

ffs4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 8D
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 4 SESSION GUIDE

DAY VISUAL

TRAINEE 1
INIT HOLDING POINT: Cockpit preparation performed by instructor.

1 : Insert moderate windshear on rotation.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
3 : - Use FCTL ALTN / DIRECT / BACK UP module / demo menu to perform theses
exercises.
- No failure inserted during these demo.
- Do not explain in details the different laws.
- Reinforce the following points:
ALTN LAW progressive degradation impacting handling and protection
IMPORTANT: Whatever the ALT LAW active, the ECAM always displays FCTL
protection lost, even if some protections remain available.
DIRECT LAW: Use of manual pitch trim
BACKUP Module: Aircraft controlable on the 3 axis through sidestick and rudder

4 : STALL recovery in ALTN law performed by each trainee.


- in clean configuration.
• in turn : trainee 1
• wings level : trainee 2
- in landing configuration.
• in turn : trainee 2
• wings level : trainee 1
Note : reinforce that in turn VLS is not "G loaded"

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
5 : Insert simultaneously HYD G + Y RSVR LEVEL LO

9 : Demonstrate NWS in alternate mode, to vacate the runway only.

14 : Arrival VIA ROA.

TRAINEE 2
20 : Insert a fuel leak of 1000 kg/min on FEED TANK 1 to trigger "Fuel leak detected"
(which takes around 3 minutes).
After analize and engine shutdown, consider leak continues consequently engine is
relighted.

23 : Insert failure before slats / flaps configuration.

28 : Set CAVOK
"After ROA heading 250°, maintain 3000 ft".
Explain to your trainees that for training purpose they don’t change the aircraft
trajectory in spite of terrain ahead caution and warning in order to trigger the "PULL
UP" and to perform the recovery procedure at "PULL UP".

32 : If TRAINEE 2 CAPTAIN :
Trainee 2 changes from right to left seat : Instructor configurates the aircraft in elec-
trical emergency configuration with gear and flaps extended before releasing the
simulation.

ffs4gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 9
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 5 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ CALM 6000 OVC 008 15/10 1000 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT APU RUNNING -
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 LFZZ 33 R - GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-Route PAT 33R

CPNY RTE PAT 33R 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
3 - ENGINE START / AFTER START
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP 0°C
4 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090 5 - TAKE OFF v v
„ 6 - ONE ENGINE OUT FAMILARIZATION
TRIP WIND -

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 0:45 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33 R


GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
385 t 65 t Co-Route PAT 33R
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb
„ 7 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAIL AT VR v v
320 t 8 - RELIGHT v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 lb
1:00 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33 R
NOTES GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
DAY and NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE Co-Route PAT 33R
RWY COND WET (SID 1B)
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 200 „ 9 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE AT V2 v v
ANTI ICE OFF 10 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v
11 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
E 12 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT -
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 v v
LFZZ 33 R
13 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
1:25 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t FOB 209 t -
RADAR VECTORS - NIGHT VISUAL
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
„ 14 - TAKE OFF
v v v
ENGINE STALL AFTER V1
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED
15 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v v
16 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR „ 17 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE v v v v
„ 18 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFZZ 33R v v v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 19 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t v
ONE ENGINE OUT
V1 145 v TOGA V1 146 v TOGA
1:55 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06
MTOW 569 t - NIGHT VISUAL
VR 161 FLEX VR 165 FLEX
RADAR VECTORS

V2 167 DERATED V2 170 DERATED 20 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 v v v


21 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR 2:05 22 - EMER EVAC

ffs5.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 10
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 5 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ CALM 6000 OVC 008 15/10 1000 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:20 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R -
FLT NBR A/L ID 205 GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co-Route PAT 33R

CPNY RTE PAT 33R „ 23 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAIL AT VR v v


„ 24 - RELIGHT UNSUCCESSFUL v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS

CRZ FL FL 70 CRZ TEMP 0°C 2:40 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
GW 385 t - DAY VISUAL
CI 90 TROPO 36090 Co-Route PAT 33R

TRIP WIND - „ 25 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE AT V2 v v


ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 26 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v
27 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
385 t 65 t 28 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT
GW FOB v v
847 000 lb 143 000 lb LFZZ 33 R
29 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 3:10 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 -
704 000 lb
MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t FOB 209 t
NOTES RADAR VECTORS- NIGHT VISUAL
DAY and NIGHT VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE
RWY COND WET (SID 1B) „ 30 - TAKE OFF ENGINE STALL AFTER V1 v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 200 31 - CLIMB 4000 FT v v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 32 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
„ 33 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING PROCEDURE v v v v
34 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 v v v v v
„ LFZZ 33R
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 35 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
v
ONE ENGINE OUT
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 3:45 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 -
MTOW 569 t - RADAR VECTORS
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX NIGHT VISUAL

36 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 v v v


V2 DERATED V2 DERATED
37 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v
38 - EMER EVAC
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t LFZZ 06 / MTOW 569 t
V1 145 v TOGA V1 146 v TOGA

VR 161 FLEX VR 165 FLEX

V2 167 DERATED V2 170 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs5.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 10A
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 5 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
Practice :
• TAKE OFF and LANDING with engine failure.
• TAKE OFF with engine failure at MTOW.
• LANDING with engine failure in overweight.
• REJECTED TAKE OFF.

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• OVERWEIGHT LANDING

B. NEW EXERCISES :
• ENGINE FAILURE
• ENGINE RELIGHT
• REJECTED TAKE OFF
• EMER EVACUATION

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + One Engine Out + Rejected Takeoff + Emergency evacuation

• FCOM

Standard flight profile - SOP's


- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Engine Failure After V1 - Continued Takeoff


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG FAIL
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / Operating Techniques

Engine Stall
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG STALL

Engine Relight
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG

ffs5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 10B
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

Engine Fire
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and Smoke Protection /
ENG FIRE

Overweight landing
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures / Miscellaneous

Rejected Takeoff
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / Operating Techniques

Emergency Evacuation
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Emergency Procedures

• FCTM

Handling in normal operations


- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Approach + Landing +
Standard Callouts

Takeoff at heavy weight


- Normal Operations / Takeoff / Takeoff at heavy weight

Engine Failure After V1 - One Engine Inoperative Landing


- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques

Overweight Landing
- Abnormal operations / Miscellaneous

Rejected Takeoff + Emergency Evacuation


- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques

• QRH
- EVACUATION

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to perform take off and landing ONE ENG OUT.
• Acceptable engine out procedure knowledge.

ffs5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 10C
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 5 SESSION GUIDE

DAY / NIGHT VISUAL

6 : TRAINEE 2 / TRAINEE 1
Freeze POS and ALT at 500 ft after take off.
SRS commands satisfied, wings level, side stick released, feet off rudder pedals.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Select F/CTL page. Select IDLE thrust on one engine.
Adjust pitch attitude to that required by SRS (the current speed or V2, whichever is
greater up to V2 + 15 kt).
Hands off: observe response of FBW system. Stabilized bank angle 7~9°, spoilers
and ailerons deployed, rudder pedals feedback, flying the pitch as adjusted before.
Side slip index is blue now and displays the BETA TARGET.
Fly the aircraft. Use continuous rudder input to center the BETA TARGET.
Trim out the foot load and observe the flight controls status on F/CTL page.
Repeat up to proficiency.
Transfer the controls to Trainee 1 and repeat exercises.

7 : Insert engine 1 fail no damage. Restore to relight the engine.

9 : Insert simultaneously engine 4 fire 2nd agent discharge and engine 4 fail damage.

14,30 : Verify Δ V1 / Vr 10 Kt minimum. Insert stall at V1 + 2 Kt and flame out damage at Vr


on engine 1.

17,33 : Inform the crew that a passenger requires an immediate medical assistance. Crew
perfoms overweight landing procedure and initiates the jettison.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
For training purpose, the instructor reduces the landing weight to 420t.

18,34 : ILS 06 U/S

23,24 : Insert engine 4 fail no damage. Insert an engine start fault EGT overlimit on engine 4.
In order to interrupt the relight procedure and highlight the FADEC limited protection
in flight.

25 : Insert simultaneously engine 1 fire 1st agent discharge and engine 1 fail damage no
N1.

ffs5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 10D
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs5gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 11
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 6 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/10 9999 OVC 015 20/10 998 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 206 GW 385 t
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL Co route AIBAIB

CPNY RTE AIBAIB 1 - TAKE OFF v v v


2 - CLIMB FL 350 - TCAS EVENT v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
3 - FCU BACKUP v v v
CRZ FL FL 310 CRZ TEMP -55°C 4 - FMS 1 + 2 FAULT - Restore v v v
5 - CRUISE FL 350 v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 6 - DOOR LEAK v v v
7 - EMERGENCY DESCENT
TRIP WIND -

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD


1:00 INIT FL 350
385 t 65 t GW 385 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb Co-route AIBAIB

320 t 8 - ALL ENGINE FLAME OUT v v


ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 9 - FL 100 RELIGHT ENGINE 1,2,3 v v v v
704 000 lb
10 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
NOTES 11 - ILS APP ONE ENGINE OUT
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE v v v
1:40 LFZZ 33R
RWY COND WET (SID MOU 1N) 12 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT v v v
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 310 13 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - TWO ENGINES OUT v v v
15 - ILS APP - TWO ENGINES OUT
E v v v
LFZZ 33 R
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 16 - LANDING TWO ENGINES OUT v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
2:00 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA Co-route PAT 33R

VR v FLEX °C VR v FLEX 17 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAILURE


v v v
BEFORE V1
18 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs6.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 12
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 6 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/10 9999 OVC 015 20/10 998 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:20 INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 206 GW 385 t
Co-route AIBAIB
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 19 - TAKE OFF
20 - CLIMB FL 120 - TCAS EVENT v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
21 - LEFT MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE v v v
22 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE - RESTORE v v v
CRZ FL FL 310 CRZ TEMP -10°C
23 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 24 - BACKUP SPEED SCALE DEMO v
25 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
TRIP WIND -
26 - LANDING
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
2:55 INIT FL 350
385 t 65 t GW 385 t
GW FOB
847 000 lb 143 000 lb Co-route AIBAIB

320 t 27 - DOOR OPEN v v v v


ZFW ZFWCG 35 % 28 - EMER DESCENT v v v v
704 000 lb
3:05 29 - FL 150 - ENGINE FAILURE v v v v
NOTES 30 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
DAY VISUAL FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE 31 - ILS APP ONE ENGINE OUT
v v v v v
RWY COND WET (SID MOU 1N) LFZZ 33 R
AIR COND ON PAX NUMBER : 310 32 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT v v v
ANTI ICE OFF 33 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
34 - TWO ENGINES OUT v v v
35 - ILS APP - TWO ENGINES OUT
v v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 LFZZ 33 R
36 - LANDING TWO ENGINES OUT v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 3:50 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA GW 385 t
Co-route PAT 33R
VR v FLEX °C VR v FLEX
37 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 v v v
38 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 39 - EMER EVAC

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX °C VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs6.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 12A
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04 <

FFS 6 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
Practice :
• One engine out landing.
• Two engines out landing.
• Rejected take off.
• All engines flame out.
• Avionics smoke
• Back Up Speed Scale (BUSS)

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• FCU AFS CTL PNL FAULT
• ENGINE FAILURE
• ENGINE RELIGHT
• TCAS
• REJECTED TAKE OFF
• EMERGENCY DESCENT
• AVIONICS SMOKE
• EMER EVACUATION

B. NEW EXERCISES:
• BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)
• ALL ENGINES FLAME OUT
• FMS 1 + 2 FAULT
• TWO ENGINES OUT APPROACH & LANDING

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

ffs6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 12B
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + TCAS + All Engines Out + Two Engines Out + Back Up Speed Scale
(BUSS) + FMS 1+2 FAULT + Landing + Rejected Takeoff + Emergency evacuation

• FCOM
Standard flight profile - SOP's
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

FCU Back Up
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 31 - Indicating/Recording / CDS
CPT + F/O EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 22 - Flight Guidance / AUTO FLT
AFS CTL PNL FAULT

FMS 1 + 2 Fault
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 22 - Flight Management

Emergency Descent
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 21 - Pressurisation / CAB PRESS
EXCESS CAB ALT

All Engines Flame Out


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines

Left Main Avionics Smoke


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 26 - Fire and Smoke Protection

ADR failure + unreliable speed


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 34 - Navigation / ADR 1+2+3 FAULT
+ ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE + UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION

BUSS
- Aircraft System / 34 - Navigation / ADIRS / System Description / ADR Monitoring +
Backup Speed and Altitude Scale

Landing with 2 Engines Inoperative (on the same wing)


- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG

Engine Relight in Flight


- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG

Rejected Takeoff
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / Operating Techniques

Emergency Evacuation
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Emergency Procedures
ffs6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 12C
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

• FCTM

Handling in normal operations


- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Approach + Landing +
Standard Callouts

FMS 1+2 Fault


- Abnormal operations / Auto Flight

FCU Back Up
- Abnormal operations / Auto Flight

Emergency Descent
- Abnormal operations / Miscellaneous

All Engines Flame Out


- Abnormal operations / Power Plant

Flying the Back Up Speed Scale


- Abnormal operations / Navigation

Smoke / Fumes
- Abnormal operations / Fire Protection

Engine Failure
- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques / Engine Failure during Cruise + One Engine
Inoperative Go Around + One Engine Inoperative Landing + Two Engine Inoperatvie
Landing

Rejected Takeoff + Emergency Evacuation


- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques

• QRH
- EVACUATION
- SMOKE / FUMES

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to perform approach, landing and go around with one engine out.
• Ability to perform approach and landing with two engines out.
• Satisfactory engine out procedure knowledge.
• Good knowledge and understanding of unreliable speed indication event and satisfactory
application of the BUSS.

ffs6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 12D
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 6 SESSION GUIDE

DAY VISUAL
TRAINEE 1

INIT HOLDING POINT: Cockpit preparation performed by instructor.

2, 3, 4 : During climb to FL 350.


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Simulate SMOKE coming FROM FCU PANEL


• Demonstrate how to switch OFF FCU (LEFT KNOB). Highlight use of FCU
backup. Restore
- Insert FMC A+B+C FAULT to trigger FMS 1+2 FAULT. Explain that :
• FOR NAVIGATION : Show the different items of the SFD and SND menu.
- Insert on the SND 2 or 3 waypoints (MOU and ROA for example) and AIB as
a fix.
- Explain that you can insert a FIX in the SND and a different one in the SFD.
- Make a Direct TO using the LS / D . Explain that this pb has 2 functions:
1 - DIR TO on SND, 2 - Display of LS scale on SFD.
- Explain the MODE pb.
• FOR NAVAID TUNING : Demonstrate how to insert navaid frequencies and
courses on RMP.
Restore.

6 : Insert cabin door leak (rate 2500 ft/min).


Restore.

7 : Insert CAB PRESS - EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

8 : Insert ENG 1 FAIL NO DAMAGE


ENG 2 FAIL NO DAMAGE
ENG 3 FAIL NO DAMAGE
ENG 4 FAIL DAMAGE
Ditching and forced landing procedure which are not performed in the simulator will
be reviewed during the briefing only.

9 : Keep engine failed to apply relight procedure in windmilling until FL 200 where the
APU is started.
When APU BLEED on, cancel engine failure on engine 1 and 2 to allow relight on
engine 1 and 2.
When the first engine is relit, ALL ENG FLAME OUT alert disappears.
Continue tentative of relights on engine 3 by selecting the ENG RELIGHT ABN
PROC as requested by ECAM. Cancel engine 3 failure to allow engine 3 relight but
keep engine 4 failed to continue the approach with one engine inoperative.
Restore electrical emergency configuration. Reset all systems and ADIRS quick
alignment to recover normal law, but keep engine 4 shutdown.

13 : In downwind, insert 2nd engine failure on engine 3.

17 : Insert ENG 3 N1 OVER LIMIT

ffs6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 12E
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

TRAINEE 2

21 : Insert LEFT MAIN AVNCS SMOKE. When GEN 1 + 2 OFF, smoke still detected in
the bay. Continue procedure. When Gen 3 + 4 OFF, smoke stops in the AVNCS BAY.

24 : Set 3 ADR OFF for BUSS demo. Explain that the lower part of the green band is the
target to fly before extending S/F configuration. The higher part the target to retract.
When configurated, target to fly is the middle of the green band.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
27 : Insert FWD CARGO DOOR NOT CLOSED + CAB PRESS EXCESS CAB ALT in
order to simulate cargo door loss. .

29 : Passing FL 150, insert engine 3 OIL PRESS LO in order to shutdown the engine

33 : In downwind, insert 2nd engine failure with damage on engine 4.

37 : Insert an engine fire not extinguishable.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 12F
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs6gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 13
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 7 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/15 3000 SN OVC 009 -2/-4 1019 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
BIKF 320/18 2000 SN OVC 008 -10/-3 1013

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
„ INIT HOLDING POINT- LFZZ 33R -
FLT NBR A/L ID 207 MTOW
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN Co-route AIBKEF

CPNY RTE AIBKEF 1 - PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


v
(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
2 - COCKPIT PREPARATION v
CRZ FL FL 360 3 - ENG START / AFTER START v
CRZ TEMP -55°C
4 - TAXI v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 0:40 5 - TAKE OFF v v v
„ 6 - ENGINE FAIL AFTER V1 v v v
TRIP WIND -
„ 7 - JETTISON v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - NDB APP ONE ENGINE OUT
v v v v
LFZZ 33R (SELECTED)
GW - FOB - 1:00 9 - GO AROUND ONE ENGINE OUT v v v
„ 10 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
300 t 11 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33 R
v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % TWO ENGINES OUT
777 000 lb
12 - LANDING TWO ENGINES OUT v
NOTES
DAY VISUAL (down to night) 1:40 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 24
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FOR TAKE OFF MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t - FOB 209 t
AND WET FOR LANDING FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE Co-route AIBAIB1
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N) RR Trent 972
ANTI ICE ENG + WING ON PAX NUMBER: 450 V1 : 126 - VR : 150 - V2 : 158 - TOGA
EA GP 7272
E V1 : 154 - VR : 171 - V2 : 175 - Flex 30
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
„ 13 - TAKE OFF ENGINE FAILURE BEFORE V1 v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 14 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v
LFZZ 33R / MTOW LFZZ 33R / MTOW
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 124 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 125 v FLEX 57 VR 125 v FLEX 56

V2 132 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs7.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 14
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 7 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/15 3000 SN OVC 009 -2/-4 1019 EVENTS

Time

ATHR

HUD
BIKF 320/18 2000 SN OVC 008 -10/-3 1013

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:05 „ INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R -
FLT NBR A/L ID 207 MTOW
Co-route AIBKEF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 15 - TAKE OFF v v v
16 - ENGINE FAIL AFTER V1 v v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
„ 17 - JETTISON v v v
18 - VOR DME APP ONE ENGINE OUT -
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -55°C v v v
LFZZ 33 R (FLS)
CI 90 TROPO 36090 2:30 19 - GO AROUND ONE ENG OUT v v v
„ 20 - RADAR VECTORS - DOWNWIND v v v
TRIP WIND - 21 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33 R
v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD TWO ENGINES OUT
22 - LANDING TWO ENGINES OUT v
GW - FOB -
2:50 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24
300 t MTOW 569 t - ZFW 360 t - FOB 209 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % Co-route AIBAIB1
777 000 lb
RR Trent 972
NOTES V1 : 126 - VR : 150 - V2 : 158 - TOGA
DAY VISUAL (down to night) FPLN : refer CO-ROUTE EA GP 7272
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FOR TAKE OFF V1 : 126 - VR : 150 - V2 : 158 -
AND WET FOR LANDING
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1N) „ 23 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE
v v v
BEFORE V1 - INCAPACITATION
ANTI ICE ENG + WING ON PAX NUMBER: 450
24 - REJECTED TAKE OFF v

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 3:00 INIT FL 350


GW 385 t - ZFW 320 t - FOB 65t
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Co-route AIBAIB
LFZZ 33R / MTOW LFZZ 33R / MTOW
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA „ 25 - AIR COND SMOKE v v v v
26 - SMOKE / FUMES REMOVAL v v v v
VR FLEX VR FLEX 27 - DES - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
„ 28 - BACKUP SPEED SCALE DEMO v v
29 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 3:45 30 - LANDING
„ 31 - EMER EVAC
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 124 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 125 v FLEX 57 VR 125 v FLEX 56

V2 132 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs7.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 14A
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 7 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Practice one engine out take off / go around.
• Practice two engines out landing.
• Familiarize and practice Back Up Speed Scale (BUSS).
• Crew incapacitation.
• Practice AIR COND SMOKE and SMOKE FUMES REMOVAL procedures

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW :
• EMERGENCY DESCENT
• ENGINE FAILURE
• CREW INCAPACITATION
• JETTISON
• BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)
• TWO ENGINES OUT
• REJECTED TAKE OFF
• EMER EVACUATION

B. NEW EXERCISES :
• AIR COND SMOKE - SMOKE FUMES REMOVAL

C. SUPPORT :
• DVD 1 : FFS briefing guides
• FCOM
• FCTM

ffs7gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 14B
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

D. REFERENCES :
• BRIEFING GUIDES
Taxi + Takeoff + 2 Engines Out + Back Up Speed Scale (BUSS) + Landing + Rejected
Takeoff + Emergency evacuation

• FCOM

Standard flight profile - SOP's


- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Standard Operating Procedures
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Task Sharing
- Procedures / Normal Procedures / Normal Checklists

Engine Failure After V1 - Continued Takeoff


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 70 - Engines / ENG FAIL
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / Operating Techniques

Fuel Jettison
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Fuel

ADR failure + unreliable speed


- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / 34 - Navigation / ADR 1+2+3 FAULT
+ ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE + UNRELIABLE AIRSPEED INDICATION

BUSS
- Aircraft System / 34 - Navigation / ADIRS / System Description / ADR Monitoring +
Backup Speed and Altitude Scale

Landing with 2 Engines Inoperative (on the same wing)


- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / ENG

Rejected Takeoff
- Procedures / Abnormal and Emergency Procedures / Operating Techniques

Crew Incapacitation
- Procedures / Non ECAM Procedures / Miscellaneous

Emergency Evacuation
- Procedures / Not - Sensed Procedures (ABN PROC) / Emergency Procedures

• FCTM

Handling in normal operations


- Normal Operations / Taxi + Before Takeoff + Takeoff + Climb + ILS Approach + Landing +
Standard Callouts

Emergency Descent
- Abnormal operations / Miscellaneous

ffs7gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 14C
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

Flying the Back Up Speed Scale


- Abnormal operations / Navigation

Engine Failure
- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques / Engine Failure during Cruise + One Engine
Inoperative Go Around + Two Engine Inoperatvie Landing

Rejected Takeoff + Emergency Evacuation


- Abnormal operations / Operating Techniques

Crew Incapacitation
- Abnormal Operations / Miscellaneous

• QRH
- EVACUATION
- SMOKE / FUMES

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Good knowledge and understanding of unreliable speed indication event and satisfactory
application of the BUSS.
• The application of normal standard operating procedures and FMS initialisation and
abnormal procedures in all flight phases is of standard level or above.

ffs7gd.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.04 Page 14D
A380 L F2S
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.04

FFS 7 SESSION GUIDE

DAY VISUAL

Start session with date 1st June at 16.30 factor 1 inserted on IOS to induce progressive day to
night flight

TRAINEE 2
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R: Let the trainees compute the MTOW.

6 : Insert engine fail damage + turbine over heat on engine 1.

7,17 : Speed up jettisoning from IOS to reach GW below MLW

10,20 : In downwind, insert 2nd engine failure on the same wing and adjust visibility 8 km /
ceiling 1500’ AGL when reaching pattern altitude.

13 : Insert engine 1 fail at 50 kt

TRAINEE 1

23 : Select SMOKE GENERATOR "ON" in the simulator control menu, in order to


preheat. (10 min) the generator for the AIR COND SMOKE exercise.
Insert engine 1 fail damage.
When engine failed no reaction of trainee 1 who is incapacitated.
Trainee 2 takes over and performs the RTO.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

25 : Call from the purser "Smoke in the cabin coming from OUTLETS".
Flight crew applies SMOKE / FUMES ABN PROC if the visibility in the cockpit is
sufficient and ECAM is available or refer to the QRH.
After 1 minute insert AIR COND SMOKE, to generate smoke in the cockpit.
Dense smoke in the cockpit : Crew apply SMOKE / FUMES REMOVAL and descent
to FL 100.
Cancel AIR COND SMOKE when PACKS 1 + 2 OFF. SMOKE GENERATOR
STOPS. Radar Vectors

28 : In downwind, set 3 ADR OFF for BUSS demo. Explain that the lower part of the
GREEN BAND is the target to fly before extending S/F configuration. The higher part
the target to retract. When configurated, target to fly is the middle of the green band.

31 : Insert an APU fire not extinguishable when runway vacated.

ffs7gd.fm
ALOFT
STANDARD COURSE 02.05 Page 1
A380
ALOFT SYLLABI Issue 03 NOV 2007
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM
02.05LOFT SYLLABI

The Airbus Line Oriented Flight Training (ALOFT) session is intended to provide crews with
opportunities to enhance their understanding of the A380 and to apply Crew Resource
Management principles to simulated regular airline flight.
Scenarios are intended to produce a busy environment, but should never overload the crew.
In many cases, there is no single 'right' answer but, using their skills and knowledge, the crew
should be able to reach a successful conclusion to each scenario. Alternative solutions may
provide useful, constructive post-flight discussion.
Relative simple failures are introduced during the flight to enable the session objectives to be
met.

To make ALOFT as valuable and realistic as possible, flight documentation (files available in
the “INST SUP FLIGHT” menu on Airbus People server) is provided by the instructor to the
trainees before the briefing.
The flight briefing will begin 1 hour before the scheduled simulator start time and will take
15-20 minutes. Thereafter the crew will have some time to study the documentation and, for
example, decide on the required fuel load, etc.
The take-off time for the flight is considered to be 30 minutes after the simulator session
starts.

ALOFT scenario routing is :

- Trainee 1 : Paris-Charles de Gaulle / New-York Kennedy (LFPG / KJFK)


- Trainee 2 : London-Heathrow / New-York Kennedy (EGLL / KJFK)

02-05.fm
STANDARD COURSE 02.05 Page 2
A380
ALOFT SYLLABI Issue 03 NOV 2007
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM
02.05

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

02-05.fm
CCQ A320 TO A340 COURSE

CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.00 Page 1


A380 L FQF/G
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.00

02.01 - INTRODUCTION

02.02 - TRAINING FOOTPRINT

02.03 - GROUND PHASE

CCQ MFTD A syllabus .............................................................Page 1


CCQ MFTD 1 syllabus .............................................................Page 3
CCQ MFTD 2 syllabus .............................................................Page 5
CCQ MFTD 3 syllabus .............................................................Page 7

02.04 - HANDLING PHASE

CCQ FFS 1 syllabus ................................................................Page 1


CCQ FFS 2 syllabus ................................................................Page 3
CCQ FFS 3 syllabus .................................................................Page 5

02-00CCQ.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.00 Page 2
A380 L FQF/G
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.00

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

02-00CCQ.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 1
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.01INTRODUCTION

01 - GENERAL

A. PHILOSOPHY OF THE COURSES


This course is designed for qualified pilots to transition from the Airbus long range “Fly-by-
Wire” aircraft (A330/A340) to the A380 aircraft.
This course only addresses the differences in procedures and handling characteristics
between the base aircraft (A330/A340) and the difference aircraft (A380).
However, the ground school includes full systems study using CBT.

B. REGULATION REQUIREMENTS
They are listed in the following document :
- JAR-FCL - JAR-OPS
- FAR 121 - FAR 142
- FAA Advisory Circular : AC 120.53
- JAA / FAA / Transport Canada : Common Procedures Document

The differences between the base and the difference aircraft are published in the Operator
Difference Requirement (ODR) tables approved by FAA/JAA.
Airbus course is based on generic ODR tables published by the manufacturer.

C. PREREQUISITES
• Valid and current ATPL
• Qualified on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 3 months of operation on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 150 flight hours on the base aircraft

IMPORTANT :
Pilots entering this course must be highly knowledgeable on base aircraft systems.

02 - COURSE ORGANISATION

A. COURSE DESCRIPTION
a) General
The CCQ training is divided into four different phases:
- Ground phase
- Handling phase
- Skill test
- Base training or ZFTT
A welcome, which takes place before the starting of the course, includes the training
center presentation, all administrative issues and the distribution of all training supports
that will be used by the trainee.
The reference airport used during most of the sessions is a generic airport called Airbus
Training Airport.

b) Ground phase
CBT:
The aircraft systems study is progressively introduced during the first 8 days and is
carried out in a classroom.

02-01.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 2
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

The acquired knowledge will be reinforced with the use of the Maintenance and Flight
Training Device (MFTD).
The CBT is not defined to cover aircraft differences only: however, part of some systems
is common to A330/340 and A380.

MFTD:
The MFTD is used to reinforce the systems knowledge acquired in the CBT and to study
the new SOP’s or major differences between the A330/340 and A380 (in normal and
abnormal operations).
Sessions are prepared by the trainee using the trainee’s booklet, FCOM, Flight Crew
Training Manual (FCTM) and Procedure Data Package (PDP).
Questions and answers are part of the session and will be addressed before or during
the session.
The PDP will be presented at the instructor discretion to either refresh the procedures
common to both aircraft or to introduce new procedures related to the A380.

OIS / Performance:
One full day is dedicated to Onboard Information System (OIS) presentation and to per-
formance computation using the different applications.

Cabin:
Doors and slides operations are conducted in a specific Cabin Trainer device.

Systems test:
At the end of the ground phase the acquired knowledge will be evaluated using an elec-
tronic test based on a randomized questionnaire.

c) Handling phase
This phase conducted in the FFS is mostly dedicated to aircraft handling in Normal and
Abnormal operations.
All the differences listed in the approved Operator Difference Requirement (ODR) tables
will be covered during this phase as well as some exercises common to both A330/340
and A380.

d) Skill test
The skill test is defined according to the JAA requirements : for the time being, it is not a
skill test that only covers the differences.

e) Base training or ZFTT


Aircraft training (Flight 0:45 h / pilot)
OR
ZFTT (FFS 4:00 h / Crew)

02-01.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 3
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

B. TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

DOCUMENTATION USER GUIDE A380


The following documentation is given to you on the day of your arrival at the CBT room and
will be used throughout the course.
Training documentation is not updated therefore FCOM remains the reference
LAPTOP / DVD CONTENT

-FOA (Flight Ops Applications): FOCT (Flight Ops Con-


LAPTOP sultation Tool) and Performance Applications
(HARD DISK) -WALK AROUND 3D
-AIRBUS TRAINING AIRPORT JEPPESEN CHARTS

-STANDARD TRANSITION COURSE (Footprint)


-CCQs TO A380
-FAM BRIEF A380 RR TO A380 EA
-FAM BRIEF A380 EA TO A380 RR
-COMPUTER BASED TRAINING (CBT)
-QUIZZ
-PROCEDURE DATA PACKAGE (PDP)
DVD1
-BRIEFING GUIDES (BG)
Per Aircraft / Engine / Unit
-OIS AND PERFORMANCE COURSE
(To be given)
-CEET (CABIN EMERGENCY EXIT TRAINING)
-PRE-FANS
-FANS A
-TCAS II COURSE
-AIRBUS REFERENCE LANGUAGE (ARL)
-AIRBUS OPERATIONAL EXPERTISE
-FLIGHT OPERATIONS BRIEFING NOTES

-CFIT
DVD2
-REJECTED TAKE OFF
VIDEO BRIEFINGS
-UPSET RECOVERY
(To be given)
-COCKPIT DOORS

PAPER CONTENT
TRAINEE’S BOOKLET -RELEVANT CREW COURSE
(extract of FCTP: -BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
Flight Crew Training Program) -Set of 4 coloured cockpit panels

-Extracts from FCOM SOP’s and FCTM STANDARD


TASK SHARING AND CALLOUTS
CALLOUTS

ACTION FLOWS -"PF and PNF action flows" from PDP/FCTM

-Airbus Training Airport, Lyon Airport, Paris Orly Airport


A380 JEPPESEN LEAFLET
charts

Extract of QRH
-SMOKE and EVACUATION procedures
(Quick Reference Handbook)

02-01.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 4
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007

C. INSTRUCTOR BRIEFINGS

Session Briefing Debriefing


MFTD A No No
MFTD 1-2-3 Questions & Answers are included
FFS 1:30 0:30
Skill test 1:00 As required

D. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY

1) SYSTEMS

a. Evaluation during CBT Phase :


On completion of this phase, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is determined by the Airline, but
is never below 80%.

b. Unsatisfactory Examination :
Corrective action using the CBT will be determined by the instructor in coordination with
Airbus Training Director. The student will then undertake a CBT examination.

2) MFTD / FFS NOTATIONS


Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s
Record” file (see Page 3).
They are quoted “Satisfactory”, “May need extra training” or “Unsatisfactory”

• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked:


----> no specific comments are needed : “None” written indication is required.
Nevertheless, comments may be made at instructor’s discretion.

• When both “Satisfactory” and “May need extra training” boxes are ticked
----> comments are required, and the following session must be assessed as :

- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements:


OR
- “Unsatisfactory”

When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked:

----> use the specific Progress Incident Report (PIR) (see Page 9) to list and comment
the trainee’s difficulties as well as the number of additional training sessions
requested.
It must be reported without delay to Airbus Director of Training.

Additional training sessions (see Page 10) have to be commented and use the
same identification as the session involved.

02-01.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 5
A380 L FQF/G
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

E. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
1) SYSTEMS / PERFORMANCE

UNSATISFACTORY
Instructor name
and signature
a. Evaluation during CBT Phase :

Code |____|____|____|

Code |____|____|____|

Code |____|____|____|

Code |____|____|____|
On completion of this phase, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
sticker
Trainee

The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is determined by the Airline, but
is never below 80%.

or
SATISFACTORY
b. Unsatisfactory Examination :
signature

Corrective action using the CBT will be determined by the instructor in coordination with
Trainee

Airbus Training Director. The student will then undertake a CBT examination.

2) MFTD / FFS NOTATIONS

* *The following session MUST be assessed as


Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s Record”
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY

file (see Page 3).


SATISFACTORY

They are quoted “Satisfactory”, “May need extra training” or “Unsatisfactory”


May need extra training**

May need extra training**

May need extra training**

READY FOR NEXT PHASE


CCQ A330/A340 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)

• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked ( ):


----> no specific comments are needed : “None” written indication is required.
Nevertheless, comments may be made at instructor’s discretion.
GROUND PHASE

• When both “Satisfactory” and “May need extra training” boxes are ticked
----> comments are required ( ), and the following session must be assessed as :

- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements ( ):


OR
- “Unsatisfactory”

box is ticked
When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked ( ):
----> use the specific Progress Incident Report (PIR) (see Page 7) to list and comment
* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training
the trainee’s difficulties as well as the number of additional training sessions
requested ( ).
- Write None if no specific comments are needed

It must be reported without delay to Airbus Director of Training.


Comments*

Additional training sessions (see Page 8) have to be commented and use the
same identification as the session involved ( ).
Date
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04

Sessions

MFTD A

MFTD 1

MFTD 2

MFTD 3
A380

02-01.fm
02-01.fm
CCQ A330/A340 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
HANDLING PHASE Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY


SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Sessions Date Comments*
signature and signature
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 1
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 2
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 3 READY FOR NEXT PHASE


Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G

* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
- Write None if no specific comments are needed
Page 6

Issue 04 MAY 2008


CCQ A330/A340 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
SKILL TEST Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY


SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

signature and signature


Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 All the items of the scenario have been performed as
(Please write the JAR references for UNSATISFACTORY items) defined in the FCTP
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

SKTEST
Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 All the items of the scenario have been performed as
(Please write the JAR references for UNSATISFACTORY items) defined in the FCTP
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
INTRODUCTION

|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

RE-SKTEST
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G

* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
Page 7

- Write None if no specific comments are needed


Issue 04 MAY 2008

02-01.fm
02-01.fm
CCQ A330/A340 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
BASE TRAINING Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY


QUALIFIED FOR TYPE ENDORSE-
MENT
Trainee Instructor name
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
signature and signature
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

❐ FLIGHT ❐ ZFTTFFS Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|


|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION

BASE TRAINING
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G

* : Write None if no specific comments are needed


Page 8

Issue 04 MAY 2008


CCQ A330/A340 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
PROGRESS INCIDENT REPORT (PIR) Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

PLEASE FIL ONE PIR PER SESSION

Trainee Instructor name


Session* Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
signature and signature
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|


FFS |____|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE
L FQF/G
Page 9

Issue 04 MAY 2008

02-01.fm
CCQ A330/A340 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)

02-01.fm
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
ADDITIONAL TRAINING SESSIONS Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

UNSATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORY
Trainee s Instructor s name
Session* Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

Code |____|____|____|

❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|

| FFS |____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Code |____|____|____|

❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION

FFS |____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE

Code |____|____|____|

❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
02.01

|
FFS |____|
L FQF/G
Page 10

Issue 04 MAY 2008


CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.02 Page 1
A380 L FQF/G
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.02TRAINING FOOTPRINT

01 - TRAINING DEVICE TIME SHARING PER PHASE


N.B. :
1) Except when notified, the allocated time is mentioned in hour/crew
2) Welcome is not part of the training footprint and is completed the day before the beginning
of ground school : all the documentation and training supports will be handled to the trainees
during the welcome briefing.

Total working days 12 working days

GROUND PHASE 8 working days

• CBT : - Aircraft systems study 30:40


- Systems test 4:00
• Cabin trainer 1:00
• OIS / Performance course 5:00
• MFTD A session .................................................. 1 2:00
• MFTD 1-2-3 sessions .......................................... 3 12:00

HANDLING PHASE 3 working days

• Briefing & Debriefing (3 x 2:00)............................. 3 6:00


• FFS session (3 x 4:00).......................................... 3 12:00

SKILL TEST PHASE 1 working day

• Briefing & Debriefing (1 x 1:30)............................. 1 1:30


• FFS session (1 x 4:00).......................................... 1 4:00

BASE TRAINING PHASE 1 working day

• Aircraft Flight......................................................... 1 Minimum 0:45/trainee


or
• FFS session (ZFTT) if applicable.......................... 1 4:00 / crew

Note: If translator is required, CBT and SYSTEM TEST will be Projected CBT with instructor:
the ground school duration must be adapted.

02-02.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.02 Page 2
A380 L FQF/G
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.02

02 - TRAINING DAILY FOOTPRINT


Note: Timing are given for information: your rate of progress could be different from the
standard one, however make sure that the systems study associated to one day has been
completed before the next day.
Day 0: Administration 1:00 - Welcome briefing: 1:30 - Electronic documentation: 1:00

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4


- How to use - Auto flight - Hydraulic system - Fire and Smoke
(ATA 00) 0:20 (ATA 22) 1:00 (ATA 29) 1:00 protection
- Aircraft general - Avionics Networks - Flight Controls (ATA 26) 0:35
(ATA 20) 0:20 (ATA 42) 1:00 (ATA 27) 2:30 - Lights
- Indicating & Recording - Electrical - Landang gear (ATA 33) 0:25
(ATA 31) 2:40 (ATA 24) 1:20 (ATA 32) 2:00 - E-logbook 0:40
- Auto flight - APU - Information systems
(ATA 22) 3:30 (ATA 49) 0:15 (ATA 46) 1:30
- Pneumatic
(ATA 36) 0:50
- Power plant
(ATA 70) 0:55 OIS
&
MFTD A Performance
(2:00) (5:00)

Day 5 Day 6 Day 7 Day 8


- Fuel system - Navigation - Air conditioning / - Doors / Windows
(ATA 28) 3:20 (ATA 34) 2:20 Pressurization / (ATA 52) 0:30
- Communication Ventilation - CEET (SAFETY)
(ATA 23) 0:30 (ATA 21) 1:55 1:00
- Operating limitations - Ice and Rain Protection
0:20 (ATA 30) 0:20
- Oxygen
(ATA 35) 0:10
- Cabin presentation Cabin Trainer
(ATA 25) 0:25 (1:00)

MFTD 1 MFTD 2 MFTD 3 System Test


(4:00) (4:00) (4:00) (4:00)

Day 9 Day 10 Day 11 Day 12


Walk around 3D
(1:30)
FFS 1 FFS 2 FFS 3
(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)
FFS - Skill Test
(4:00)

Base Training (0:45 / trainee) or ZFTT (FFS : 4:00 / crew) if applicable

02-02.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 1
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD A (COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION)
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
LFLL CALM 9999 10/8 1013 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 101 REFER TO SESSION GUIDE

FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ


CPNY RTE AIBLYS
ALTN RTE LYSAIB

CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP - 7°C


CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : REFER CO ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ONZON 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 303

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 128 v FLEX 56 VR 125 v FLEX 56

V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdA.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

mftdA.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2A
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD A : COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• To demonstrate the use of the training device.
• To present a general view of the cockpit including flight instruments and major aircraft
systems controls and indications.
• To present the Less Paper Cockpit philosophy

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2B
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD A : SESSION GUIDE

MFTD INITIALIZATION :
• The instructor completes the MFTD set up.
• INIT TAKE OFF at Airbus Airport
External power 2 and 3 : ON
APU running (APU Bleed ON)
Doors closed and slides armed
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FMS loaded

SESSION GUIDE :
NOTE :
Do not explain Airbus aircraft systems but present the following according to the
trainee's aeronautical background by introducing the Airbus cockpit philosophy.
Remember that, at this stage, the trainee did not study all aircraft systems.

A. TOUCHING ZONES : (IOS facilities)


Demonstrate the use of :
- Push buttons and rotary knobs,
- Engine master levers,
- Ground spoilers,
- Flaps,
- External lights.
Notify the crew that it is not possible to use two touching zones at the same time.

B. COCKPIT GENERAL PRESENTATION (based on the cockpit preparation) :


- Overhead panel : Lights out philosophy / color coding / pushbuttons philosophy
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Center instruments panels


- Pedestal : KCCU and MFD (covered in the FMS sessions)
- Glareshield : attention getters / FCU (AFS + EFIS control panels) : Highlight the wording
used by pilot which is AFS CP or EFIS CP. FCU is not used (except FCU BACKUP) and is
a generic term designating the entire interface.

C. FMS :
MFD + KCCU : show only that KCCU is the unit to use for interaction on pages displayed on
MFD (Multi Function Display). Explain that KCCU doesn’t interact with ECAM only ECP can
do it.

D. OIS :
- Less paper cockpit philosophy
- FLT OPS STS
- FLT OPS Menu
• T.O. PERF
• LOAD SHEET
• LDG PERF
• IN-FLT PERF
• OPS LIBRARY
- Don’t explain all the applications: this will be done during the Performance course.

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2C
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E. CDS (Control and Display System) presentation


8 DUs (4 EFIS, 2 ECAM, 2 MFD)
For the following demonstration use the CBT mode (Controls and Indicators) through the IOS
but do not enter in the yellow explanation boxes.

- EFIS
PFD : Flight parameters + memos (3 lines max) and limitations (8 lines max displaying

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
limitations that have a direct impact on A/C flight performances)
ND : Flight navigation information + vertical display zone

- ECAM
E/WD : engine primary parameters + bottom part :
- Normal C/L (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Abnormal and emergency procedures (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Alerts
- Limitations (left column : ALL PHASES / right column : APPR & LDG)
- Memos (left column : TO and LDG memos / right column : all other memos)
SD :
- Displays automatically the system page corresponding to 1 of the 12 flight phases.
- Explain flight phase inhibition
-
3 zones :
- System display page (with MORE info on WHEEL, FUEL, STS pages)
- Permanent data (TAT, SAT, ISA, time, GW, GWCG, FOB)
- ATC mailbox

ECP :

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain briefly hard keys functions

1) Normal Checklist presentation :


- Select the C/L via the ECP, and perform the BEFORE START C/L
- EXT PWR off
- Start engines (3,4,1,2)
- APU BLEED off, APU off
- Select the C/L and perform the AFTER START C/L
Show :
- Blue box : appears below the last completed C/L, and surrounds the next applicable one
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceded by a square to be ticked): blue when
not completed / green when completed : Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is
reversible by unticking it.

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2D
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

- C/L completed indication: Color coding (blue when C/L not completed / grey when com-
pleted)
- C/L RESET indication
- STS indication
- C/L CLEAR bar

2) Alerts procedures presentation


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

INIT FL 100
1. Explain alerts philosophy and procedure automatically displayed on ECAM
(sensed procedure)
• Alerts levels and priority rules : advisory then levels 1,2,3
• Failure types : independent, primary, secondary
• Color coding (red, amber, green, white, blue, magenta, grey)

2. Explain ABN PROC activated manually on ECAM by the crew (Not-Sensed procedures)
• Associated Alert Level
• Not activated : differences of color coding
• When activated, transferred into the ECAM and update of STS and limitations
Note : Explain that some failures are not detected by ECAM but directly on the interface itself
(eg : VHF failure displayed on RMP).

Insert the following failures in sequence without applying ECAM actions. The purpose is to
demonstrate alerts levels, priority rules, failures types and color coding.

Insert ENG ENGINE VIBRATIONS


Explain the advisory but do not treat the advisory (demo purpose)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Insert STEER BW STEER FAULT


Review level 1 caution (color, awareness) overcoming the advisory
then

Insert ELEC GEN 1 FAULT


Review level 2 caution (sound, master caution, color, independent) overcoming the level 1
caution
then

Insert FIRE ENG 1 FIRE


Review level 3 warning (sound, master warning, color, priority, overflow) overcoming the
level 2 caution
Note : Add an APU FIRE to highlight the priority order for the same level

Restore all systems

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2E
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

Insert HYD G ENG 1 PMP A PRESS LO and apply ECAM actions


Explain :
- Color coding (blue when not done, or not validated / white when done or validated)
- Blue box : surrounds the ECAM action to perform
Note : If the color coding confirms the validation of the action, the result of this action is visible
on the system display.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems

Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and apply ECAM actions

Explain :
- Alert types (independent, primary, secondary)
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceeded by a square to be ticked) : same color
coding as above. Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is reversible by unticking it
- Overflow arrow
- MORE indication on STS page. All the ECAM alerts which have an impact on the landing
performance are listed in the "ALERT IMPACTING LDG PERF" part of the MORE STS
PAGE.
The flight crew selects the applicable ECAM alert(s) in the OIS LDG PERF application to
compute LDG DIST and/or VAPP.
Point out that 3 indications may be displayed as applicable on the MORE page:
INOP SYS REDUND,
ALERTS IMPACTING LDG PERF,
CANCELLED CAUTION
- Deferred procedure (ALL PHASES, or APP & LDG) : appears in the C/L menu (amber
when not completed / white when completed).

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain FAILURE PENDING INDICATION
If an alert or ABN PROC is displayed but has not been cleared, a FAILURE PENDING mes-
sage appears on the E/WD, when the crew displays a C/L (ex : APPROACH)
When the C/L and the C/L menu are cleared, the alert or the not sensed ABN PROC reap-
pears on the E/WD and the message disappears.

Restore all systems

Select ABN PROC BOMB ON BOARD


Show the color coding when procedure is not activated (scrolling impossible)
Activate the procedure and show the color coding change
Highlight the changes into the ECAM
- Deferred procedure
- Limitations
Clear the procedure. Explain that the procedure is still active. Do a recall to display it.
Show how to de-activate the procedure (untick). Highlight the cancellation of deferred
procedure and limitations

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2F
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 3
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010
LFLL 200/10 9999 18/12 1010 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 101 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL T PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
T 1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS T 2 - BEFORE START
T 3 - ECAM : NORMAL C/L
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C T 4 - ENGINE START - AFTER START
T 5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
1:00 T 6 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 10 T 7 - CLIMB FL 180
T 8 - CRUISE : FMS EXERCISES
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - INSERT NEW WPT
- DELETE WPT
385 t 65 t - OVERFLY
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib - FROM PPOS DIRECT TO
- OFFSET
320 t - POSITION MONITOR
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib - BRG / DIST TO
1:30 T 9 - DESCENT PREPARATION
NOTES T 10 - DESCENT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE T 11 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) 12 - AUTOLAND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 T 13 - AFTER LANDING
T 14 - PARKING
2:10 T 15 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX 56 VR FLEX 57

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd1.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 16 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 17 - BEFORE START
18 - ENGINE START WITH
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C EXTERNAL PNEUMATIC POWER &
CROSS BLEED START
CI 90 TROPO 36090 19 - AFTER START
HD 10 20 - TAXI
TRIP WIND
3:00 21 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 22 - CLIMB FL 150
- ALT CONSTRAINT
385 t 65 t 23 - CRUISE
GW FOB - CAPT EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
- HOLDING
320 t 3:25 24 - DESCENT PREPARATION
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 25 - DESCENT
- MANAGED AND SELECTED
NOTES - SPEED CONSTRAINT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 26 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
AIR COND OFF (SID MOU 1N) T 27 - GO AROUND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 28 - MISSED APPROACH
4:00 29 - DIVERSION
FREEZE

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX 56 VR FLEX 57

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd1.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4A
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.0302.03

MFTD 1 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Highlight the differences in terms of procedures through out all phases of flight in normal
operation
• Apply task sharing and communication
• Study and practice initialization of the FMS and review the various functions using the new
interface
• Present the new systems using ECAM pages

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :
A. REVIEW
Not applicable.
B. NEW EXERCICES / REFERENCES
Standard Flight profile - SOP’s
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Task Sharing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS
• PDP : ALL PHASES Flow pattern
FMS: Initialization - New interfaces and functions
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Cockpit
preparation/MFD FMS INITIALIZATION
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22 - AFS-Flight Management System/System description/Flight
Planning
Normal checklists
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Normal Checklists
Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
• FCOM/Procedures/Supplementary Procedures/Engines/Unusual Starting Procedures
Use of RMP
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/23 - Communication/How to use the RMP/How to tune a frequency
FCU Backup
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/22 - AFS - Flight Guidance/Abnormal Operations/FCU Backup
C. SUPPORT
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM
* Note: In the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard the information related to handling-
characteristics

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Understanding of the new FMS architecture and new functions
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge and skills when applying procedures during a normal
flight profile

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4B
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 1 SESSION GUIDE

1 :Use the ECAM ELEC page to show the electrical supply using external power
and APU :
Highlight the priorities
- During cockpit preparation: highlight the differences in ECAM system pages
(Hydraulic, Fuel, Wheel)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- FMS preparation
- SURV page: check default settings
Highlight that compared to the A330/340 Radar, EGPWS, TCAS controls are
grouped on a single panel.
Show all the functions on the SURV CTL PNL and then call the MFD specific
page dedicated to SURV.
- INIT hard key: press
- STATUS: explain the page and don’t go to FMS P/N (Part Number)
- INIT: Do not explain all the REQUEST options
- IRS: Show the option to “ALIGN ON OTHER REF”
- DEPARTURE:
-Demonstrate the use of TMPY F-PLN
-F-PLN review according to the electronic F-PLN or to the charts
- NAVAIDS:
-Show TUNED FOR DISPLAY
-Show the TUNED FOR FMS NAV: how to deselect NAVAIDS
- FUEL § LOAD
- PERF:
-Show all the flight phases
- SEC INDEX:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

-SEC 1: import “FROM ACTIVE”


-SEC 2: import “FROM ACTIVE” and modify the runway for departure

Note: During aircraft initialization, highlight the fact that messages are displayed in the
message pad at the bottom of the MFD: CLEAR INFO function is used to clear the
messages

- Demonstrate the use of new RMP design.

2 :Highlight the differences on the ECAM DOOR page

3 :Explain the use of the new ECAM Normal Checklist

4 :- Highlight the differences on the ECAM BLEED page


- Explain the start sequence and engine parameters monitoring
- For F/CTL checks show the new page but do not use controls for the check
(done in FFS)

5 :- Pitch trim: explain the pitch trim setting (PFD display and Pitch trim sw)
- Show the controls for Taxi cameras, Video on ECAM and OANS

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4C
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

6 :Explain the power setting (METOTS for TRENT engines)


METOTS : Modified Engine Take Off Thrust Setting

7 :Show the PERF pages and highlight the differences

8 :- During FMS exercises demonstrate the access to functions through the short cut
key and through the menu at each revised waypoint
- DIRECT TO: demonstrate the four accesses and highlight the differences in CRS

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
IN and OUT
- OFFSET: highlight the differences
- Different access to BRG/DIST TO

9 :- Descent preparation: use the predefined flow (ACTIVE, POSITION and SEC)

11 :- Highlight the fact that the deceleration rate is slower than on A330/340: Slats /
Flaps and Landing gear extension takes more time
- Explain the differences on the speed scale displayed on PFD (Flaps auto exten-
sion, short term managed speed)

16 :- Same full cockpit preparation


- Fail the APU BLEED. Emphasize the use of MMEL on OIS
- Demonstrate how to build a SEC F/PLN using SEC INIT
- Demonstrate how to deselect a NAVAID

The crew has already inserted the ZFW / ZFWCG / FOB figures (refer to syllabus) in
the FMS / FUEL&LOAD page
Explain that the FQMS computes the fuel distribution to ensure a CG target for take-
off of approximately 39,5% (SD page).

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Observe the TRIM TANK fuel quantity and note the value.
The FQMS normally receives (via the avionics system) approx every 10 min an
updated ZFWCG sent by the airline operations via DATALINK (the ground engineer
may also update it using the OMT (laptop located at the rear of the cockpit)), in order
to ensure proper fuel distribution (especially quantity in the trim tank) and final
GWCG target of 39,5%

Then, give the trainees a LOADSHEET last minute change:


ZFW= 325 T
ZFWCG= 37%
Note: Do not change the figures on the IOS to ensure that the current fuel dis-
tribution will not change.

The crew inserts the new figures in the FMS / ACTIVE / FUEL&LOAD page.
Observe that the current fuel distribution does not change. Therefore the FQMS
computes a new GWCG according to the updated ZFW / ZFWCG inserted by the
crew in the FMS.
The crew checks that the updated GWCG is within operational limits:

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4D
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

• If YES:

The crew will request an updated LOADSHEET.


For demonstration, the crew will use the LOADSHEET application on the OIS:
inserts the updated figures above (use the trip fuel displayed on the FUEL & LOAD
page). The crew will change the TRIM TANK value to the actual one checked on SD
(using the TRIM TANK ADJUSTMENT field), then compute.
The TOCG result must be crosschecked versus the FQMS computation (GWCG on
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

SD).
If the difference is within 1%, the CM1 signs the LOADSHEET.
If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes (wrong figures insertion, wrong
fuel distribution, FQMS failure….).

• If NO:

To demonstrate GWCG out of operational limits, the instructor inserts on the IOS
the new initial figures (make sure that the crew does not change the figures on
the FMS FUEL & LOAD page to allow the fuel to be redistributed):
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 32%
FOB= 83 T
Give the crew an updated LOADSHEET: The loading set up has changed:
New figures to be inserted by the crew in the FMS:
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 38%

Observe the updated GWCG on SD: above 44% and amber.


The crew must consider using the AUTO GND XFR procedure
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

The crew pushes the AUTO GND XFR pb-sw on the OVHD MAINTENANCE panel:
Observe on the FUEL SD, the FWD transfer done by the FQMS to obtain a GWCG
of 39,5%. The FQMS will automatic stop the GND XFR when the GWCG 39,5% is
reached.
Due to time constraint (give a new slot for departure), stop the exercise as soon as
the GWCG has turned green or around 41% of GWCG. Explain that it should take
approx 17 min for the fuel to be transferred forward in the feed tanks, in this case.
The transfer rate is approx 600kg per min.
The crew should crosscheck on the OIS the FQMS computation obtained at the end
of the AUTO GND XFR. Crosscheck the TOCG (OIS) versus the GWCG (SD):
If the difference is within 1%, the CM1 signs the LOADSHEET.
If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes.

22 :Demonstrate how to insert an ALT constraint using the menu at a revised waypoint
or inserting the constraint directly in the F/PLN

23 :Insert FCU 1 FAULT to get CAPT EFIS CTL PNL: demonstrate the use of FCU
backup: restore after demonstration

25 :Demonstrate how to insert a SPEED constraint at a revised waypoint or at a defined


altitude

26 :Demonstrate FD display in TRACK/FPA and VV

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4E
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

27 :Select the PERF page and explain the differences compared to the A330/340:
different phases of flight in go around
After the GA acceleration altitude:
- Explain that the FMS recovers prediction and vertical managed profile after the
acceleration altitude (CLB, ALT CRZ, DES are available during the missed
approach procedure).
- Explain that the CRZ FL is automatically updated and is the higher of:
• the value selected in the AFS - CP or

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• the higher value of the FPLN (MAP + previous approach)

29 :Demonstrate how to activate (SWAP) a SEC F/PLN after a missed approach proce-
dure

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4F
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 5
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 9999 15/10 1010
LFLL 270/08 9999 14/10 1010 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 2 - BEFORE START
3 - ENGINE START - START FAULT
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:55 6 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 030 7 - CLIMB FL 180 : FMS EXERCICES
-TIME MARKER
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - FIX INFO
- CLOSEST AIRPORT
385 t 65 t T 8 - CDS RECONFIGURATION
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 9 - ECAM PHILOSOPHY / MANAGEMENT
1:40 10 - DIVERSION
320 t 11 - ENGINE FIRE - RESTORE
ZFW ZFWCG 34 %
704 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
NOTES
T 14 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFLL 18R
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 2:10 15 - MISSED APPROACH
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) FREEZE
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 285

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R /GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd2.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 2000 BKN 008 5/2 998
BIKF 200/05 9999 -10/-15 1000 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 - GW 450 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBKEF

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
16 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 17 - TAXI
2:40 18 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS OFF
CRZ FL 360 CRZ TEMP -54°C 19 - CLIMB FL 310
20 - SYSTEMS REVIEW
CI 90 TROPO 35500
21 - FMS EXERCICES
TRIP WIND TL 090 - INTERACTIVITY WITH ND
- REVIEW DIRECT TO
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - CMS
- STEP ALT
450 t 130 t 22 - ECAM MANAGEMENT
GW FOB - NOT SENSED PROCEDURES
990 000 Ib 286 000 Ib
T 23 - FUEL LEAK - RESTORE
320 t 3:25 24 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib T 25 - FUEL JETTISON
26 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
NOTES 27 - DESCENT PREPARATION
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 28 - DESCENT
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1E) 29 - LOC APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 250 30 - MISSED APPROACH
31 - FMC B + C FAULT
FREEZE
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 06 / GW 450 t LFZZ 06/ GW 450 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd2.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6A
A380 L FQF/G
FQF/
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.0302.03

MFTD 2 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Practice SOP’s using proper callouts and cross checks
• Highlight the differences in failure handling using the new ECAM procedures
• Study the Non Precision Approaches using the FLS function (if not retrofitted on A330/340)
• Study and practice new FMS functions

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization - New interfaces and functions
• SOP: Normal Operations - TASK Sharing

B. EXERCICES / REFERENCES
OIT: Use of Take-off performance and MEL applications·
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Flight Preparation/MEL
ENGINE START FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG START FAULT
ECAM Procedures: new philosophy
• FCTM/OPERATIONAL PHILOSOPHY/ECAM
• PDP: ECAM PHILOSOPHY
CDS reconfiguration
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS/Abnormal Operations
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS
FAULT
FUEL LEAK
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/28-fuel/Abnormal Operations/Fuel leak Detection
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/28-Fuel/FUEL LEAK
DETECTED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FUEL LEAK
BRAKES: system review
• FCOM/ Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/32-Landing Gear/BRAKES
FAULT
FMS: FMC FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22-AFS-Flight Management/Abnormal Operations/ FMC FAULT·
FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/22-Flight Management System/
AUTOFLT FMC FAULT and AUTO FLT FMS FAULT
Non Precision Approach using FLS
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Non Precision
Approach
• FCTM/Normal Operations/Non Precision Approach
• PDP/Non Precision Approach

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6B
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007

C. SUPPORT
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

* Note: In the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard the information related to handling-
characteristics

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s
• Demonstrate an acceptable knowledge and user skill of the new FMS interface
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge of the new ECAM procedures

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6C
A380 L FQF/G
FQF/
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 2 SESSION GUIDE

1 :- Use of OIS for aircraft loading and performance computation


- MMEL item SEC 3 INOPERATIVE

3 :Insert ENG START (4) FAULT due to EGT OVERLIMIT.


When ECAM actions completed, restore, perform a manual engine start on engine 4.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Then, perform a manual start on engine 1 with hot start to highlight the difference of
protections between AUTO and MAN. Restore and perform a quick start through IOS
panel.

7 : Highlight fuel transfer after take-off (load alleviation)

8 :- Highlight the differences between the A330/340 and the A380


- PFD / ND transfer and Automatic reconfigurations (loss of PFD or EWD) are
identical
- Demonstrate the use of hard key to recover FMS pages: Fail the MFD CAPT side
and push PERF to recover the PERF page on ND
- Call the fuel page : explain fuel transfer according to the actual situation

9 :ECAM system philosophy review and introduction of management

The instructor leads the demo by following this scenario :

(Advisory): use of FCOM to look for


Insert N1 vibration on ENG 1
ECAM advisory
Insert BRAKES ALTN BRK FAULT (level 1)

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Insert ELEC BAT 1 FAULT (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert ENGINE 1 FIRE (level 3-Master Warning + CRC)
Insert LEFT MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE (level 3 - Master Warning + CRC)

Dot not perform any ECAM actions

After each failure insertion, instructor highlights on EWD and PFD


- Priority between alerts in a same level
- Priority between alerts in different levels
- Priority between limitations on PFD
- Memos on PFD
- Deferred procedure and limitations : Approach deferred proc is inserted chronolog-
ically before approach check list, because the deferred actions to perform can
modifiy the STATUS and the briefing. Consequently, the approach C/L which refer
to STS and briefing is the last protection about aircraft status awareness.
- STATUS

Restore

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6D
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

- Insert a FUEL FEED TK 1 MAIN+STBY PUMPS FAULT and perform ECAM


actions.
Explain the flow before completing all ECAM actions
Complete ECAM actions explaining the use of tick and clear bar
Show the MORE FUEL page
Restore

- Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and perform ECAM actions


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Demonstrate when and how to use DEFERRED PROC


Explain the LIMITATIONS on PFD and ECAM
Show STATUS MORE page
Use of OIS / Laptop for landing performance computation
Restore

10 :- Diversion to LFLL: use the ENABLE ALTERNATE function


- Proceed DIRECT TO TALAR for a VOR-DME 18R

16 :- Initialize the aircraft on Runway 06: engines running


- Use of OIS for performance computation
- Insert flight parameters in the FMS

20 : - BRAKES ALTN BRAKES FAULT


- BRAKES EMER BRAKES FAULT
- CAB PRESS AUTO CTL FAULT
Highlight the differences with the A320: explain braking reconfiguration and
differences in CAB ALT control

22 :- Freeze aircraft position for this demonstration


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Demonstrate how to access to the NOT SENSED PROCEDURES using the ABN
PROC pb on the ECP and show the list of procedures
Activate the not sensed L/G LDG with Abnormal WING & BODY L/Gs : Explain that
there are a few procedures whose management is different.
Those PROC are displayed until landing, disregarding normal C/L (e.g. LANDING
WITH 2 ENGs INOP ABN PROC)

23 :- Insert a fuel leak (1000 kg/minute) - FUEL LEAK DETECTED is triggered: compare
Fuel at departure with fuel used + FOB and complete ECAM actions

1st scenario
- Leak is coming from the engine : after engine shut down, do not reset the failure but
insert 0 kg/min
2d scenario
- Leak is coming from the feed tank
- Do not play this scenario but explain the difference to the trainee
Restore

24 :- Proceed DIRECT TO MOU – MOU 1B Arrival – LOC Approach 33R


- Use speed up function if required

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6E
A380 L FQF/G
FQF/
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

25 : - To accelerate the fuel jettison, use fuel tank distribution on the IOS and set XFR
and TRIM TKS to 0 in order to keep FEED TANKS FULL only. Stop at GW 420 t.

29 : Fail the G/S and brief the crew that he must deselect the G/S

31 :- Fail FMC B: Demonstrate that FMC C is taking over


- Fail FMC C : Demonstrate FMS SOURCE switching
Restore

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6F
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 7
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025
LFLL 010/15 9999 -20/-21 1025 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 103 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 2 - BEFORE START
3 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:40 T 6 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - NO DAMAGE
TRIP WIND HD 25 7 - ENGINE RELIGHT
8 - CLIMB FL 120
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT - RESTORE
T 10 - AIR COND SMOKE - RESTORE
385 t 65 t 1:25 11 - HYD G + Y SYS PRESS LO
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
320 t 14 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 15 - MISSED APPROACH AT 500 ft - RESTORE
NOTES 2:10 16 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT MDA
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FPLN : Refer to CORTE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE ENG ON PAX NUMBER 280

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd3.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025
LFLL 010/15 9999 -20/-21 1025 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 103 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 17 - COCKPIT PREPARATION


18 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - RESTORE
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
19 - CLIMB FL 120
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 20 - MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE - RESTORE
3:00 21 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 22 - DESCENT PREPARATION
23 - DESCENT
CI 90 TROPO 36090
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - RESTORE
TRIP WIND HD 25 3:25 25 - MISSED APPROACH
T 26 - SLATS LOCKED
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 3:45 27 - NDB APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT 500 FT
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT GATE
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 28 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES 29 - PARKING (TAIL PIPE FIRE)
30 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FPLN : Refer to CORTE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE ENG ON PAX NUMBER 280

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd3.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8A
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.0302.03

MFTD 3 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE
• To highlight the differences in abnormal procedures using the new ECAM procedures
• To practice SOP’s using proper call outs and cross checks
• To review new FMS functions

02 - TRAINING TOPICS

A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization
• SOP: Normal operations
• ECAM procedures: new philosophy
• FCU Backup

B. EXERCISES / REFERENCES
ENGINE FAILURE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
• PDP: ENGINE OUT AFTER TAKE-OFF
ENGINE RELIGHT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG RELIGHT IN
FLIGHT
G+Y SYS PRESS LO
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/29-Hydraulic/G+Y SYS PRESS
LO
• FCTM/Abnormal Operations/Hydraulic/G+Y Hydraulic Failures
• PDP: DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
AIR COND SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke Protection/
SMOKE-FUMES AVIONICS SMOKE
• FCTM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Fire Protection/Smoke-Fumes
AVIONIC SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke/L(R)
AVIONICS SMOKE
SLATS LOCKED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/27-Slats-Flaps/ SLATS LOCKED
and SLATS FAULT
ENGINE TAIL PIPE FIRE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/TAIL PIPE FIRE

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8B
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007

C. SUPPORT
• Procedure data package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

* Note: in the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard information related to handling
characteristics

03 – SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA


• Demonstrate proficiency in FMS use
• Demonstrate ability to manage failures using the new ECAM interface
• Demonstrate ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8C
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 3 SESSION GUIDE

1 :- Use OIS / laptop for performance calculation


- Switch off the KBD to demonstrate the use of soft keyboard and restore after a few
insertions

6 :- Insert engine failure with no damage at 200 ft AGL

9,21 : - Trainee 2:

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Show the AFS CP Back up page and all the associated functions
- Demonstrate scroll wheel use and restore: flying demonstration will take place dur-
ing the second part of the session.
- Trainee 1:
- Insert FCU 1 + 2 fault to trigger CAPT AFS CP FAULT. Explain that CAPT and F/O
EFIS CP are also lost in this case.
- Keep the failure until the end of the missed approach
- Provide radar vectors to the crew in order to allow them to practice the use of FCU
back up

10 : - Cabin crew warns the flight crew that smoke is coming from the AIR COND outlets
in the Main and Upper cabin (specific smell: oil burnt)
- The instructor warns the crew that there is also smoke in the cockpit
- Flight crew applies SMOKE / FUMES ABN PROC if the visibility in the cockpit is
sufficient and ECAM is available or refer to the QRH
- Stress communications between cabin crew and cockpit
- No change when PACK 1 is selected to OFF
- When PACK 2 is selected to OFF (after 2 minutes) insert ENGINE 3 - OIL PRESS
LO
- With PACK 2 OFF Cabin crew will advise the crew that smoke starts to disappear
from the Main and Upper cabin and the instructor informs the crew that smoke is

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
removed from the Cockpit

11 :- Highlight the differences compared to the A330 / 340


- Aircraft is in Alternate law but the AP and the ATHR are available
- Call the ECAM F/CTL page and show which surfaces are controlled by the EBHA
or EHA
- Flaps are lost: the handling characteristics will be seen in the FFS
- Approach can be flown with the AP down to 500 ft
- Call the WHEEL page : explain the Landing Gear gravity extension
- Braking with antiskid is available and NWS is available but slow

16,27: - FLS approach in cold weather conditions. Explain that the FLS profile takes into
account the temperature corrections (use of tutorial NPA flown with FLS function,
COLD WEATHER)

17 : - Instructor prepares the aircraft for take-off

18 : - Insert engine failure with damage at 200 ft AGL

19 . - Restore after ECAM actions completed and restart the engine

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8D
A380 L FQF/G
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007

20 : - Insert a L MAIN AVNCS SMOKE and tell the crew that a little bit of smoke is coming
from Pedestal panel
- The crew will apply the ECAM procedure and then refer to the paper checklist
- Cancel the failure when GEN 3 and 4 have been selected to OFF and tell the crew
that the smoke disappears
- Explain the remaining of the procedure if the smoke was still present

26 :- During missed approach, insert a slats locked (by wing tip break) during slats
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

retraction between Conf 1 and Conf 0

29 :- During engine shut down warn the crew that flames are coming out from the Engine
2. Show where to find the Tail pipe fire procedure (No differences from the A330/
340).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 1
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 060/10 6000 BKN 005 20/12 1010 Time EVENTS

ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 101 Co route AIBAIB
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBAIB (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
2 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL FL 120 CRZ TEMP -10°C 3 - AFTER START
4 - TAXI - 180° TURN ON RUNWAY
CI 90 TROPO 36090 5 - TAKE OFF v v
6 - CLIMB FL 120 v v v
TRIP WIND HD 20
7 - AIRWORK v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - DESCENT v v v
9 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
540 t 200 t 1:20 10 - LANDING
GW FOB
1 188 000 Ib 440 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
340 t ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ZFW ZFWCG 34 % 250/18 OVC 006
748 000 Ib
Co route PAT 33R
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route 11 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
AIR COND ON (SID ATN 1E) 12 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX 351 13 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
14 - GO AROUND v v
15 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
E 1:45 16 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
CAVOK - 350/10
LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t
Co route PAT 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
17 - TAKE OFF v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 18 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
19 - REJECTED LANDING v v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 20 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
2:05 21 - LANDING

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR


INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
2:10 22 - TAKE OFF v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
23 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 125 v FLEX 56 VR 126 v FLEX 56

V2 132 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs1.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 1 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 350/10 kt 6000 OVC 012 20/12 Q 1010 Time EVENTS

ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
2:20
FLT NBR A/L ID 101 Co route PAT 33R
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
24 - TAKE OFF v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 25 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
26 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS
27 - LANDING
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
CI 90 TROPO 36090 2:45 CAVOK 250/18
Co route PAT 33R
TRIP WIND -
28 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
29 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
30 - REJECTED LANDING v v
385 t 65 t v v
GW FOB 31 - VISUAL PATTERN
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 32 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 34 % INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
704 000 Ib 3:00
ZFW 320 t - FOB 220 t - Co route PAT 33R
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route 33 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v
AIR COND ON (SID 1B)
INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 - GW 540 t
ANTI ICE OFF
350/10 OVC 006 - Co route AIBAIB1

34 - TAKE OFF v v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 35 - CLIMB FL 70 v v v
36 - FMS 1 + 2 FAULT v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
37 - DESCENT v v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
38 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
V1 122 TOGA V1 125 TOGA 39 - GO AROUND v v
40 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
VR 126 v FLEX 57 VR 126 v FLEX 57 03:45 41 - LANDING
42 - AFTER LANDING
43 - TAXI
V2 132 DERATED V2 132 DERATED
44 - PARKING
45 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t LFZZ 06 / GW 540 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 149 TOGA

VR 157 v FLEX 40 VR 165 v FLEX 36

V2 163 DERATED V2 170 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs1.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2A
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.0302.03

FFS 1 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• To handle the A380 in normal operations using experience from the A330 / 340
• To practice SOP’s applicable to the A380
• To review specific changes in panels and controls during cockpit preparation

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• FMS: initialization and use during all flight phases
• Use of OIS / LAPTOP for take-off performance computation

B. NEW EXERCICES / REFERENCES


Use of ETACS
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/Video/Description/External and Taxing Aid
Camera System
Use of OANS
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Taxi/Onboard Airport Navigation System
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Airport Navigation
Taxi - 180° turn on 60 m runway
• Briefing guide: Taxi - 180° turn on runway
• FCOM/Standard Operating Procedures/Taxi/180 Deg Turn on 60 M wide Runway
Take-off: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Take-off
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Take-off
Landing: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Landing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Landing
FMS 1 + 2 FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/22-Flight Management System/
FMS 1 + 2 FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Standby Instruments
Rejected take-off
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/Operating Techniques/Rejected
Take-off

C. SUPPORT
• Briefing Guides
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2B
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to carry out normal task in accordance with SOP’s
• Ability to handle the aircraft within standard criteria of flight accuracy
• Ability to apply correct take-off and landing technique in cross wind conditions

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2C
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE

1 :- Presentation of equipments that are not available in the MFTD


- Show the location of the A380 simulator instructor guide
- Safety equipments (fire extinguishers, escape ropes, flashing lights)
- Seat adjustment, lights
- Laptop installation

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Oxygen masks
- Audio : hand mike, headset, RMP, ACP, PTT
- Use of taxi camera, airport navigation
- First FFS handling characteristics review (NWS, taxi, brake check, flight control
check, take off side stick position, rotation technique)

Reinforce frequency insertion procedure : 2 possibilities


1) Insert all the digit and enter : e.g. : 118.0 or
2) If you insert only 18 without validating it, the field is still active.
Explain the following risk : If the pilot wants to enter another frequency (eg : 135.0),
and enters 35, the result will be 118.35 which is not expected.

- Demonstrate the use of OIS for performance computation

4 :- Demonstrate the use of ETACS


- Use simulator facilities to show the position of the landing gear, engines and wing
tips
- Use of Onboard Airport Navigation System to follow the taxi clearance
- Back track runway 06 and make a 180° turn using the turning pad

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
7 :Reduce GW to 390 t before exercices
- FD off with the VV
- Practice some steep turns
- Highlight the fact that the handling characteristics are similar to the A330/340
- Protections are identical: no need for demonstration however ask the pilot to
perform an emergency pull up with maximum bank angle
- Transfer controls and repeat for the second pilot

9 : ILS 33R via ROA

13 :For practice only : no differences between A330/340 and A380: however this item
will be checked during skill test.

15 :Increase ceiling to 2500 feet and visibility to 9 km

19,30 :Rejected landing below 100 feet

22,33 :Engine 2 failure at 110 kt

INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 GW 540T :


- F/PLN: RWY 06 - ATN 1E - ATN - MOU - MBY - ROA - ILS 33R

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2D
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

36 :- At 4000 ft insert FMC C FAULT: use of reset procedure


- FL 70: insert FMC A+B FAULT
• FOR NAVIGATION : Show the different items of the SFD and SND menu.
- Insert on the SND 2 or 3 waypoints (MBY: 109.6 - N4632.5 / E00330.0 and
ROA for example) and AIB as a fix.
- Explain that you can insert a FIX in the SND and a different one in the SFD.
- Make a Direct TO using the LS / D . Explain that this pb has 2 functions:
1 - DIR TO on SND, 2 - Display of LS scale on SFD.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Explain the MODE pb.


• FOR NAVAID TUNING : Demonstrate how to insert navaid frequencies and
courses on RMP STBY RAD NAV.
- Reduce GW to 390t before descent

38 : ILS 33R via ROA


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 3
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/10 6000 BKN 008 3/1 1002 Time EVENTS

ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBKEF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBKEF (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
2 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL FL 340 CRZ TEMP -58°C 3 - AFTER START
4 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36300 5 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) v v
6 - CLIMB FL 70 v v v
TRIP WIND HD 030
7 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - RNAV APP (FLS) - LFZZ 24 v v v
1:20 9 - LANDING - OVERWEIGHT
569 t 219 t 10 - 180° ON RUNWAY
GW FOB
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
350 t ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ZFW ZFWCG 37 % 290/12 BKN 012
770 000 Ib
Co route AIBAIB1
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to Co-route 11 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
AIR COND OFF DEP : Refer to session guide 12 - CLIMB FL 70 v v v
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 450 13 - ADR 1 + 2 + 3 FAULT v
14 - DESCENT v
15 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v
E 1:50 16 - LANDING
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 122 TOGA V1 126 TOGA

VR 130 v FLEX 57 VR 127 v FLEX 56

V2 137 DERATED V2 134 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR

ffs2.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 4
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/10 6000 BKN 008 3/1 1002 Time EVENTS

ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBKEF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN
2:00 17 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) v v
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 18 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
19 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN
20 - LANDING - OVERWEIGHT
CRZ FL FL 340 CRZ TEMP -58°C
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
CI 90 TROPO 36300 ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
290/12 BKN 012
TRIP WIND HD 030 Co route PAT 33R
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
2:30 21 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
22 - CLIMB TO 4000 ft v v v
569 t 219 t
GW FOB 23 - NAV ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE v
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v
350 t 3:05 25 - LANDING
ZFW ZFWCG 37 %
770 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
NOTES CAVOK 350/10
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route Co route AIBAIB
AIR COND OFF DEP: Refer to session guide
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 400 26 - TAKE OFF v v
27 - CLIMB FL 80 v v v
28 - ALL GENERATORS FAULT v
29 - DESCENT v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 30 - ILS APP - LFZZ 06 - DIRECT LAW v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 3:45 31 - LANDING
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
IF 2 CAPTAIN: INIT APPROACH LFZZ 06
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA
32 - ILS APPROACH (EMER ELEC CONF) v
VR FLEX VR FLEX 33 - LANDING

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 122 TOGA V1 126 TOGA

VR 132 v FLEX 58 VR 127 v FLEX 56

V2 138 DERATED V2 134 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR

ffs2.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 4A
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.0302.03

FFS 2 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
- To review differences in emergency electrical configuration procedures
- To practice SOP’s related to the new ECAM interface
- To practice new functions specific to the A380: Back Up Speed, FLS approaches

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• Non Precision Approach using FLS
• Take-off and landing techniques

B. NEW EXERCICES / REFERENCES


Overweight landing
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/80-Miscellaneous/
OVERWEIGHT LDG
• FCOM/Procedures/Not Sensed Procedures/Miscellaneous/OVERWEIGHT LDG
ADR1+2+3 FAULT - Backup Speed Scale
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/Unreliable Speed
Indication
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/
ADR1+2+3FAULT·FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating - Recording/EFIS/PFD/Backup
Scales
• Briefing guide: BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)
ELEC EMERGENCY CONFIGURATION
• FCTM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Electrical/Emergency Electrical Configuration
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/24-Electrical/ELEC EMER
CONFIG

C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to perform abnormal / emergency operations in accordance with new ECAM
procedures
• Demonstrate proficiency in normal manoeuvers: take-off, approach and landing
• Demonstrate proficiency in FMS use

ffs2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 4B
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE

4,17 : Clearance for departure : RWY heading to 2000 ft - Right turn to intercept ATN 240°
radial inbound. Climb to FL70. Squawk : 4210

5 :New feature on PFD speed scale for Flaps auto retraction


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

6 :Insert weather cells to demonstrate the use of the Radar

7 :- Decrease GW to 420t
- Return to departure: Radar Vectors for RNAV 24 using FLS function
- Notify the crew that they don’t have enough time for jettison

10 :- 180° turn on a 60 m width runway

13 :- For BUSS demonstration, the instructor will turn off the three ADR, when aircraft is
cleaned up.
- The crew will complete the associated ECAM actions
- Instructor activates the "Crash inhibit" function
Weather : CAVOK

18 :- After ATN radial interception provide radar vectors for VOR-DME approach
RWY 33R

19 :- Decrease GW to 420 t
- The crew will perform the Overweight landing ABN PROC but will not compute the
landing distance (same as previous exercise)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Demonstrate the Flaps auto extension at 205 kts

23 :In downwind, when aircraft is cleaned up, set ADR 2 + 3 OFF.


Then, 1 minute later, insert CAPT L+R PITOT BLOCKED
Weather : CAVOK

29 :Check that the crew computes correctly the landing distance and selects the longest
runway available

32 :- INIT Approach 2
- Complete all ECAM actions before simulator release

Note:
For standard crew, no need to repeat the approach in EMER ELEC CONFIG.

ffs2gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 5
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 300/15 8000 OVC 010 25/12 1020 Time EVENTS

ATHR
NIGHT VISUAL

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 103 Co route PAT 33R
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE PAT 33R (AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE -
2 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°C 3 - AFTER START
4 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090 5 - TAKE OFF v v
„ 6 - CLIMB TO 4000 FT v v v
TRIP WIND -
7 - FLAPS LOCKED (WING TIP BRAKES) v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 8 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
1:00 9 - LANDING - FLAPS JAMMED
385 t 65 t
GW FOB INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 490 t
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
ZFW 350 t - FOB 140 t
320 t Co route PAT 33R
ZFW ZFWCG 37 %
704 000 Ib
„ 10 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v
NOTES „ 11 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
RWY COND DRY F/PLN : Refer Co-route 12 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFZZ 33R v v
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) 13 - GO AROUND - ONE ENGINE OUT v v
ANTI ICE OFF 14 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
15 - LOC B/C APP (FLS) - ONE ENGINE OUT
v v
LFZZ 15L
E 1:40 16 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 385 t
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
CAVOK
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
Co route PAT 33R
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA
„ 17 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX 18 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
„ 19 - SECOND ENGINE FAILURE v v v
20 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED
2:10 21 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24 : GW 560 t
ZFW 360 t - FOB 200 t - CAT II
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF RR TRENT 972 : Conf 1+F - V1:141 - VR:
LFZZ 33R / GW 490 t LFZZ 33R /GW 490 t 164 - V2: 171 - Flex 39° C
V1 131 v TOGA V1 133 v TOGA EA GP 7272 : V1:148 - VR: 165 - V2:171 -
Flex 37° C

VR 139 FLEX VR 139 FLEX v v


22 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FIRE
23 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
V2 147 DERATED V2 147 DERATED 2:15 24 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs3.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 6
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 300/15 8000 OVC 010 25/12 1020 Time EVENTS

ATHR
NIGHT TIME

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 103 Co route PAT 33R
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
25 - TAKE OFF v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R „ 26 - CLIMB 4000 ft v v v
27 - FLAPS LOCKED (WING TIP BRAKES) v v v
ALTN RTE -
28 - NDB APPR - (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
2:40 29 - LANDING - FLAPS JAMMED
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°C
CI 90 TROPO 36090 INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 490 t
ZFW 350 t - FOB 140 t
TRIP WIND - Co route PAT 33R
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
„ 30 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v
„ 31 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
385 t 65 t
GW FOB 32 - ILS APP - ONE ENGINE OUT - LFZZ 33R v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
33 - GO AROUNG - ONE ENGINE OUT v v
320 t 34 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 37 % 35 - VOR - DME APP (FLS) - ONE ENGINE
704 000 Ib v v
OUT - LFZZ 33R
NOTES 3:20 36 - LANDING - ONE ENGINE OUT
RWY COND DRY F/PLN : Refer Co-route
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R : GW 385 t
ANTI ICE OFF CAVOK
Co route PAT 33R

„ 37 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v


RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 38 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF „ 39 - SECOND ENGINE FAILURE v v v
40 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
3:55 41 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR FLEX IF TWO CAPTAINS

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 24 : GW 560 t


ZFW 360 t - FOB 200 t - CAT II
RR TRENT 972 : Conf 1+F - V1:141 - VR:
FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR 164 - V2: 171 - Flex 39° C
EA GP 7272: V1:148 - VR: 165 - V2:171 -
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF Flex 37° C
LFZZ 33R / GW 490 t LFZZ 33R /GW 490 t
V1 131 v TOGA V1 133 v TOGA 42 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FIRE v v
43 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
44 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
VR 139 FLEX VR 139 FLEX

V2 147 DERATED V2 147 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs3.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 6A
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 01 JUL 2007
02.0302.03

FFS 3 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE
• To practice the engine failure on A380 highlighting the fact that the procedure is similar
• To operate the aircraft in normal and abnormal situations according to SOP’s

02 - TRAINING TOPICS

A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• Non Precision Approach using FLS
• Rejected Take-off

B. NEW EXERCISES / REFERENCES


Landing with Flaps locked
• Landing with Flaps locked·FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/
27-Slts-Flaps/FLAPS LOCKED and FLAPS SYS1+2FAULT
Engine Failure during Take-off
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
Approach with two engines out
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/LDG WITH 2 ENGs
INOP ON THE SAME WING
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/80-Miscellaneous/EMER EVAC

C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCTM
• FCOM

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA


• Demonstrate the ability to perform all exercises, using the correct procedures and
techniques in accordance with SOP’s
• Understanding and assimilation of all A380 new features
• Have reached a satisfactory standard in order to pass the skill test

ffs3gd.fm
CCQ A330 / A340 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 6B
A380 L FQF/G
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE - NIGHT VISUAL

6,26 :Lock the Flaps by wing tip brakes between Conf 0 and Conf 1 during extension

10,30 :- Introduce an engine flame out (with damage) after V1

11,31 :Decrease GW to 380t


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

17,37 :Introduce an engine failure (with damage) at 30 feet

19,39 :Fail the second engine on the same wing


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A340 COURSE

CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.00 Page 1


A380 L FQE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008
02.00

02.01 - INTRODUCTION

02.02 - TRAINING FOOTPRINT

02.03 - GROUND PHASE

CCQ MFTD A syllabus .............................................................Page 1


CCQ MFTD 1 syllabus .............................................................Page 3
CCQ MFTD 2 syllabus .............................................................Page 5
CCQ MFTD 3 syllabus .............................................................Page 7

02.04 - HANDLING PHASE

CCQ FFS 1 syllabus ................................................................Page 1


CCQ FFS 2 syllabus ................................................................Page 3
CCQ FFS 3 syllabus .................................................................Page 5
CCQ FFS 4 syllabus .................................................................Page 7

02-00CCQ.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.00 Page 2
A380 L FQE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.00

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

02-00CCQ.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 1
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.01INTRODUCTION

01 - GENERAL

A. PHILOSOPHY OF THE COURSES


This course is designed for qualified pilots to transition from the Airbus single aisle “Fly-by-
Wire” aircraft (A320) to the A380 aircraft.
This course only addresses the differences in procedures and handling characteristics
between the base aircraft (A320) and the difference aircraft (A380).
However, the ground school includes full systems study using CBT.

B. REGULATION REQUIREMENTS
They are listed in the following document :
- JAR-FCL - JAR-OPS
- FAR 121 - FAR 142
- FAA Advisory Circular : AC 120.53
- JAA / FAA / Transport Canada : Common Procedures Document

The differences between the base and the difference aircraft are published in the Operator
Difference Requirement (ODR) tables approved by FAA/JAA.
Airbus course is based on generic ODR tables published by the manufacturer.

C. PREREQUISITES
• Valid and current ATPL
• Qualified on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 3 months of operation on the base aircraft
• Minimum of 150 flight hours on the base aircraft

IMPORTANT :
Pilots entering this course must be highly knowledgeable on base aircraft systems.

02 - COURSE ORGANISATION

A. COURSE DESCRIPTION
a) General
The CCQ training is divided into four different phases:
- Ground phase
- Handling phase
- Skill test
- Base training or ZFTT
A welcome, which takes place before the starting of the course, includes the training
center presentation, all administrative issues and the distribution of all training supports
that will be used by the trainee.
The reference airport used during most of the sessions is a generic airport called Airbus
Training Airport.

b) Ground phase
CBT:
The aircraft systems study is progressively introduced during the first 8 days and is
carried out in a classroom.

02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 2
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

The acquired knowledge will be reinforced with the use of the Maintenance and Flight
Training Device (MFTD).
The CBT is not defined to cover aircraft differences only: however, part of some systems
is common to A320 and A380.

MFTD:
The MFTD is used to reinforce the systems knowledge acquired in the CBT and to study
the new SOP’s or major differences between the A320 and A380 (in normal and abnor-
mal operations).
Sessions are prepared by the trainee using the trainee’s booklet, FCOM, Flight Crew
Training Manual (FCTM) and Procedure Data Package (PDP).
Questions and answers are part of the session and will be addressed before or during
the session.
The PDP will be presented at the instructor discretion to either refresh the procedures
common to both aircraft or to introduce new procedures related to the A380.

OIS / Performance:
One full day is dedicated to Onboard Information System (OIS) presentation and to per-
formance computation using the different applications.

Cabin:
Doors and slides operations are conducted in a specific Cabin Trainer device.

Systems test:
At the end of the ground phase the acquired knowledge will be evaluated using an elec-
tronic test based on a randomized questionnaire.

c) Handling phase
This phase conducted in the FFS is mostly dedicated to aircraft handling in Normal and
Abnormal operations.
All the differences listed in the approved Operator Difference Requirement (ODR) tables
will be covered during this phase as well as some exercises common to both A320 and
A380.

d) Skill test
The skill test is defined according to the JAA requirements : for the time being, it is not a
skill test that only covers the differences.

e) Base training or ZFTT


Aircraft training (Flight 0:45 h / pilot)
OR
ZFTT (FFS 4:00 h / Crew)

02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 3
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

B. TRAINING DOCUMENTATION

DOCUMENTATION USER GUIDE A380


The following documentation is given to you on the day of your arrival at the CBT room and
will be used throughout the course.
Training documentation is not updated therefore FCOM remains the reference

LAPTOP / DVD CONTENT

-FOA (Flight Ops Applications): FOCT (Flight Ops Con-


LAPTOP sultation Tool) and Performance Applications
(HARD DISK) -WALK AROUND 3D
-AIRBUS TRAINING AIRPORT JEPPESEN CHARTS

-STANDARD TRANSITION COURSE (Footprint)


-CCQs TO A380
-FAM BRIEF A380 RR TO A380 EA
-FAM BRIEF A380 EA TO A380 RR
-COMPUTER BASED TRAINING (CBT)
-QUIZZ
-PROCEDURE DATA PACKAGE (PDP)
DVD1
-BRIEFING GUIDES (BG)
Per Aircraft / Engine / Unit
-OIS AND PERFORMANCE COURSE
(To be given)
-CEET (CABIN EMERGENCY EXIT TRAINING)
-PRE-FANS
-FANS A
-TCAS II COURSE
-AIRBUS REFERENCE LANGUAGE (ARL)
-AIRBUS OPERATIONAL EXPERTISE
-FLIGHT OPERATIONS BRIEFING NOTES

-CFIT
DVD2
-REJECTED TAKE OFF
VIDEO BRIEFINGS
-UPSET RECOVERY
(To be given)
-COCKPIT DOORS

PAPER CONTENT
TRAINEE’S BOOKLET -RELEVANT CREW COURSE
(extract of FCTP: -BASE TRAINING SYLLABI
Flight Crew Training Program) -Set of 4 coloured cockpit panels

-Extracts from FCOM SOP’s and FCTM STANDARD


TASK SHARING AND CALLOUTS
CALLOUTS

ACTION FLOWS -"PF and PNF action flows" from PDP/FCTM

-Airbus Training Airport, Lyon Airport, Paris Orly Airport


A380 JEPPESEN LEAFLET
charts

Extract of QRH
-SMOKE and EVACUATION procedures
(Quick Reference Handbook)

02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 4
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

C. INSTRUCTOR BRIEFINGS

Session Briefing Debriefing


MFTD A No No
MFTD 1-2-3 Questions & Answers are included
FFS 1:30 0:30
Skill test 1:00 As required

D. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY

1) SYSTEMS

a. Evaluation during CBT Phase :


On completion of this phase, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is determined by the Airline, but
is never below 80%.

b. Unsatisfactory Examination :
Corrective action using the CBT will be determined by the instructor in coordination with
Airbus Training Director. The student will then undertake a CBT examination.

2) MFTD / FFS NOTATIONS


Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s
Record” file (see Page 3).
They are quoted “Satisfactory”, “May need extra training” or “Unsatisfactory”

• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked:


----> no specific comments are needed : “None” written indication is required.
Nevertheless, comments may be made at instructor’s discretion.

• When both “Satisfactory” and “May need extra training” boxes are ticked
----> comments are required, and the following session must be assessed as :

- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements:


OR
- “Unsatisfactory”

When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked :

----> use the specific Progress Incident Report (PIR) (see Page 9) to list and comment
the trainee’s difficulties as well as the number of additional training sessions
requested.
It must be reported without delay to Airbus Director of Training.

Additional training sessions (see Page 10) have to be commented and use the
same identification as the session involved.

02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.01 Page 5
A380 L FQE
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 04 MAY 2008

E. CRITERIA OF PROFICIENCY

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
1) SYSTEMS / PERFORMANCE

UNSATISFACTORY
Instructor name
and signature
a. Evaluation during CBT Phase :

Code |____|____|____|

Code |____|____|____|

Code |____|____|____|

Code |____|____|____|
On completion of this phase, a written multiple choice examination will be completed.
sticker
Trainee

The minimum level required, to be declared proficient, is determined by the Airline, but
is never below 80%.

or
SATISFACTORY
b. Unsatisfactory Examination :
signature

Corrective action using the CBT will be determined by the instructor in coordination with
Trainee

Airbus Training Director. The student will then undertake a CBT examination.

2) MFTD / FFS NOTATIONS

* *The following session MUST be assessed as


Three boxes are used to record the overall trainee’s performance using “Trainee’s Record”
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY

file (see Page 3).


SATISFACTORY

They are quoted “Satisfactory”, “May need extra training” or “Unsatisfactory”


May need extra training**

May need extra training**

May need extra training**

READY FOR NEXT PHASE

• When “Satisfactory” box is ticked ( ):


CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQE)

----> no specific comments are needed : “None” written indication is required.


Nevertheless, comments may be made at instructor’s discretion.
GROUND PHASE

• When both “Satisfactory” and “May need extra training” boxes are ticked
----> comments are required ( ), and the following session must be assessed as :

- “Satisfactory” ----> comments must confirm improvements ( ):


OR
- “Unsatisfactory”

box is ticked
When “Unsatisfactory” box is ticked ( ):
----> use the specific Progress Incident Report (PIR) (see Page 7) to list and comment
* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training
the trainee’s difficulties as well as the number of additional training sessions
requested ( ).
- Write None if no specific comments are needed

It must be reported without delay to Airbus Director of Training.


Comments*

Additional training sessions (see Page 8) have to be commented and use the
same identification as the session involved ( ).
Date
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04

Sessions

MFTD A

MFTD 1

MFTD 2

MFTD 3
A380

02-01.fm
02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQE)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
HANDLING PHASE Trainee
A380 sticker
(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY
A380

SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Sessions Date Comments*
signature and signature

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 1
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 2
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 3
May need extra training** Code |____|____|____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

FFS 4 READY FOR NEXT PHASE


Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE
L FQE

* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
- Write None if no specific comments are needed
Page 6

Issue 04 MAY 2008


CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQE)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
SKILL TEST Trainee
A380 sticker

(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY


A380

SATISFACTORY
Trainee Instructor name
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
signature and signature
Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 All the items of the scenario have been performed as
(Please write the JAR references for UNSATISFACTORY items) defined in the FCTP
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

SKTEST
Scenario : ❐ 1 ❐2 All the items of the scenario have been performed as
(Please write the JAR references for UNSATISFACTORY items) defined in the FCTP
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|

RE-SKTEST
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE
L FQE

* : - Comments are mandatory when May need extra training box is ticked * *The following session MUST be assessed as SATISFACTORY or UNSATISFACTORY
- Write None if no specific comments are needed
Page 7

Issue 04 MAY 2008

02-01.fm
02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQF/G)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
BASE TRAINING Trainee
A380 sticker

(Refer to relevant PIR when ticked) UNSATISFACTORY


A380

QUALIFIED FOR TYPE ENDORSEMENT


Trainee Instructor name
Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments*
signature and signature
❐ FLIGHT ❐ ZFTTFFS Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
|____|____| / |____|____| /
Code |____|____|____|
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

|____|____|____|____|

BASE TRAINING
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE
L FQE

* : Write None if no specific comments are needed


Page 8

Issue 04 MAY 2008


CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQE)
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
PROGRESS INCIDENT REPORT (PIR) Trainee
A380 sticker

PLEASE FIL ONE PIR PER SESSION


A380

Trainee Instructor name


Session* Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
signature and signature

|____|____| / |____|____| / Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|


FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

FFS |____|
|____|____|____|____| Code |____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION
02.01 CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE
L FQE
Page 9

Issue 04 MAY 2008

02-01.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE (L FQE)

02-01.fm
Ref. : FCTP ISSUE 04
ADDITIONAL TRAINING SESSIONS Trainee
A380 sticker
A380

UNSATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORY
Trainee s Instructor s name
Session* Date (DD/MM/YYYY) Comments
signature and signature
Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM

Code |____|____|____|

❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|

| FFS |____|

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Code |____|____|____|

❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
INTRODUCTION

FFS |____|
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE

Name |__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|__|

Code |____|____|____|

❐ Spare
|____|____| / |____|____| /
❐ Remedial
|____|____|____|____|
02.01

|
FFS |____|
L FQE
Page 10

Issue 04 MAY 2008


CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.02 Page 1
A380 L FQE
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.02TRAINING FOOTPRINT

01 - TRAINING DEVICE TIME SHARING PER PHASE


N.B. :
1) Except when notified, the allocated time is mentioned in hour/crew
2) Welcome is not part of the training footprint and is completed the day before the beginning
of ground school : all the documentation and training supports will be handled to the trainees
during the welcome briefing.

Total working days 13 working days

GROUND PHASE 8 working days

• CBT : - Aircraft systems study 30:40


- Systems test 4:00
• Cabin trainer 1:00
• OIS / Performance course 5:00
• MFTD A session .................................................. 1 2:00
• MFTD 1-2-3 sessions .......................................... 3 12:00

HANDLING PHASE 4 working days

• Briefing & Debriefing (4 x 2:00)............................. 4 8:00


• FFS session (4 x 4:00).......................................... 4 16:00

SKILL TEST PHASE 1 working day

• Briefing & Debriefing (1 x 1:30)............................. 1 1:30


• FFS session (1 x 4:00).......................................... 1 4:00

BASE TRAINING PHASE 1 working day

• Aircraft Flight......................................................... 1 Minimum 0:45/trainee


or
• FFS session (ZFTT) if applicable.......................... 1 4:00 / crew

Note: If translator is required, CBT and SYSTEM TEST will be Projected CBT with instructor:
the ground school duration must be adapted.

02-02.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.02 Page 2
A380 L FQE
TRAINING FOOTPRINT
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.02

02 - TRAINING DAILY FOOTPRINT


Note: Timing is given for information: your rate of progress could be different from the
standard one, however make sure that the systems study associated to one day has been completed
before the next day.
Day 0: Administration 1:00 - Welcome briefing: 1:30 - Electronic documentation: 1:00
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5
- How to use - Auto flight - Hydraulic system - Fire and Smoke - Fuel system
(ATA 00) 0:10 (ATA 22) 1:00 (ATA 29) 1:00 protection (ATA 28) 3:20
- Aircraft general - Avionics Networks - Flight Controls (ATA 26) 0:35
(ATA 20) 0:20 (ATA 42) 1:00 (ATA 27) 2:30 - Lights
- Indicating & - Electrical - Landing gear (ATA 33) 0:25
Recording (ATA 24) 1:20 (ATA 32) 2:00 - E-logbook 0:40
(ATA 31) 2:40 - APU - Information systems
- Auto flight (ATA 49) 0:15 (ATA 46) 1:30
(ATA 22) 3:30 - Pneumatic
(ATA 36) 0:50
- Power plant
(ATA 70) 0:55
OIS &
MFTD A Performance MFTD 1
(2:00) (5:00) (4:00)

Day 6 Day 7 Day 8 Day 9 Day 10


- Navigation - Air conditioning / - Doors / Windows
(ATA 34) 2:20 Pressurization / (ATA 52) 0:30
- Communication Ventilation - CEET (SAFETY)
(ATA 23) 0:30 (ATA 21) 1:55 1:00
- Operating - Ice and Rain
limitations 0:20 Protection
(ATA 30) 0:20
FFS 1 FFS 2
- Oxygen
(4:00) (4:00)
(ATA 35) 0:10
- Cabin presentation Cabin Trainer
(ATA 25) 0:25 (1:00)

MFTD 2 MFTD 3 System Test


(4:00) (4:00) (4:00)

Day 11 Day 12 Day 13


Walk around 3D
FFS 3 (1:30)
FFS 4
(4:00)
(4:00)
Skill Test
(4:00)

Base Training (0:45 / trainee) or ZFTT (FFS : 4:00 / crew) if applicable

02-02.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 1
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD A (COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION)
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ CALM 9999 13/12 1013
LFLL CALM 9999 10/8 1013 INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co-route AIBLYS
ACTIVE / INIT
FLT NBR A/L ID 101 REFER TO SESSION GUIDE

FROM LFZZ TO LFLL ALTN LFZZ


CPNY RTE AIBLYS
ALTN RTE LYSAIB

CRZ FL FL 110 CRZ TEMP - 7°C


CI 90 TROPO 36090
TRIP WIND -

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD

385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : REFER CO ROUTE
AIR COND ON (SID ONZON 1N)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 303

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 126 TOGA V1 125 TOGA

VR 128 v FLEX 56 VR 125 v FLEX 56

V2 135 DERATED V2 132 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftdA.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

mftdA.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE LFQE Page 2A
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.03

MFTD A : COCKPIT AND SYSTEMS PRESENTATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• To demonstrate the use of the training device.
• To present a general view of the cockpit including flight instruments and major aircraft
systems controls and indications.
• To present the Less Paper Cockpit philosophy

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2B
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD A : SESSION GUIDE

MFTD INITIALIZATION :
• The instructor completes the MFTD set up.
• INIT TAKE OFF at Airbus Airport
External power 2 and 3 : ON
APU running (APU Bleed ON)
Doors closed and slides armed
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

FMS loaded

SESSION GUIDE :
NOTE :
Do not explain Airbus aircraft systems but present the following according to the
trainee's aeronautical background by introducing the Airbus cockpit philosophy.
Remember that, at this stage, the trainee did not study all aircraft systems.

A. TOUCHING ZONES : (IOS facilities)


Demonstrate the use of :
- Push buttons and rotary knobs,
- Engine master levers,
- Ground spoilers,
- Flaps,
- External lights.
Notify the crew that it is not possible to use two touching zones at the same time.

B. COCKPIT GENERAL PRESENTATION (based on the cockpit preparation) :


- Overhead panel : Lights out philosophy / color coding / pushbuttons philosophy
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Center instruments panels


- Pedestal : KCCU and MFD (covered in the FMS sessions)
- Glareshield : attention getters / FCU (AFS + EFIS control panels) : Highlight the wording
used by pilot which is AFS CP or EFIS CP. FCU is not used (except FCU BACKUP) and is
a generic term designating the entire interface.

C. FMS :
MFD + KCCU : show only that KCCU is the unit to use for interaction on pages displayed on
MFD (Multi Function Display). Explain that KCCU doesn’t interact with ECAM only ECP can
do it.

D. OIS :
- Less paper cockpit philosophy
- FLT OPS STS
- FLT OPS Menu
• T.O. PERF
• LOAD SHEET
• LDG PERF
• IN-FLT PERF
• OPS LIBRARY
- Don’t explain all the applications: this will be done during the Performance course.

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE LFQE Page 2C
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E. CDS (Control and Display System) presentation


8 DUs (4 EFIS, 2 ECAM, 2 MFD)
For the following demonstration use the CBT mode (Controls and Indicators) through the IOS
but do not enter in the yellow explanation boxes.

- EFIS
PFD : Flight parameters + memos (3 lines max) and limitations (8 lines max displaying

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
limitations that have a direct impact on A/C flight performances)
ND : Flight navigation information + vertical display zone

- ECAM
E/WD : engine primary parameters + bottom part :
- Normal C/L (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Abnormal and emergency procedures (requested by the flight crew via the ECP)
- Alerts
- Limitations (left column : ALL PHASES / right column : APPR & LDG)
- Memos (left column : TO and LDG memos / right column : all other memos)
SD :
- Displays automatically the system page corresponding to 1 of the 12 flight phases.
- Explain flight phase inhibition
-
3 zones :
- System display page (with MORE info on WHEEL, FUEL, STS pages)
- Permanent data (TAT, SAT, ISA, time, GW, GWCG, FOB)
- ATC mailbox

ECP :

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain briefly hard keys functions

1) Normal Checklist presentation :


- Select the C/L via the ECP, and perform the BEFORE START C/L
- EXT PWR off
- Start engines (3,4,1,2)
- APU BLEED off, APU off
- Select the C/L and perform the AFTER START C/L
Show :
- Blue box : appears below the last completed C/L, and surrounds the next applicable one
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceded by a square to be ticked): blue when
not completed / green when completed : Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is
reversible by unticking it.

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2D
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

- C/L completed indication: Color coding (blue when C/L not completed / grey when com-
pleted)
- C/L RESET indication
- STS indication
- C/L CLEAR bar

2) Alerts procedures presentation


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

INIT FL 100
1. Explain alerts philosophy and procedure automatically displayed on ECAM
(sensed procedure)
• Alerts levels and priority rules : advisory then levels 1,2,3
• Failure types : independent, primary, secondary
• Color coding (red, amber, green, white, blue, magenta, grey)

2. Explain ABN PROC activated manually on ECAM by the crew (Not-Sensed procedures)
• Associated Alert Level
• Not activated : differences of color coding
• When activated, transferred into the ECAM and update of STS and limitations
Note : Explain that some failures are not detected by ECAM but directly on the interface itself
(eg : VHF failure displayed on RMP).

Insert the following failures in sequence without applying ECAM actions. The purpose is to
demonstrate alerts levels, priority rules, failures types and color coding.

Insert ENG ENGINE VIBRATIONS


Explain the advisory but do not treat the advisory (demo purpose)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Insert STEER BW STEER FAULT


Review level 1 caution (color, awareness) overcoming the advisory
then

Insert ELEC GEN 1 FAULT


Review level 2 caution (sound, master caution, color, independent) overcoming the level 1
caution
then

Insert FIRE ENG 1 FIRE


Review level 3 warning (sound, master warning, color, priority, overflow) overcoming the
level 2 caution
Note : Add an APU FIRE to highlight the priority order for the same level

Restore all systems

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE LFQE Page 2E
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

Insert HYD G ENG 1 PMP A PRESS LO and apply ECAM actions


Explain :
- Color coding (blue when not done, or not validated / white when done or validated)
- Blue box : surrounds the ECAM action to perform
Note : If the color coding confirms the validation of the action, the result of this action is visible
on the system display.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Restore all systems

Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and apply ECAM actions

Explain :
- Alert types (independent, primary, secondary)
- Items detected / not detected by ECAM (preceeded by a square to be ticked) : same color
coding as above. Explain that any action ticked inadvertently is reversible by unticking it
- Overflow arrow
- MORE indication on STS page. All the ECAM alerts which have an impact on the landing
performance are listed in the "ALERT IMPACTING LDG PERF" part of the MORE STS
PAGE.
The flight crew selects the applicable ECAM alert(s) in the OIS LDG PERF application to
compute LDG DIST and/or VAPP.
Point out that 3 indications may be displayed as applicable on the MORE page:
INOP SYS REDUND,
ALERTS IMPACTING LDG PERF,
CANCELLED CAUTION
- Deferred procedure (ALL PHASES, or APP & LDG) : appears in the C/L menu (amber
when not completed / white when completed).

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Explain FAILURE PENDING INDICATION
If an alert or ABN PROC is displayed but has not been cleared, a FAILURE PENDING mes-
sage appears on the E/WD, when the crew displays a C/L (ex : APPROACH)
When the C/L and the C/L menu are cleared, the alert or the not sensed ABN PROC reap-
pears on the E/WD and the message disappears.

Restore all systems

Select ABN PROC BOMB ON BOARD


Show the color coding when procedure is not activated (scrolling impossible)
Activate the procedure and show the color coding change
Highlight the changes into the ECAM
- Deferred procedure
- Limitations
Clear the procedure. Explain that the procedure is still active. Do a recall to display it.
Show how to de-activate the procedure (untick). Highlight the cancellation of deferred
procedure and limitations

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 2F
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftdAgd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 3
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010
LFLL 200/10 9999 18/12 1010 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 101 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL T PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
T 1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS T 2 - BEFORE START
T 3 - ECAM : NORMAL C/L
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C T 4 - ENGINE START - AFTER START
T 5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
1:00 T 6 - TAKE OFF PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 10 T 7 - CLIMB FL 180
T 8 - CRUISE : FMS EXERCISES
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - INSERT NEW WPT
- DELETE WPT
385 t 65 t - OVERFLY
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib - FROM PPOS DIRECT TO
- OFFSET
320 t - POSITION MONITOR
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib - BRG / DIST TO
1:30 T 9 - DESCENT PREPARATION
NOTES T 10 - DESCENT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE T 11 - ILS APP LFZZ 33R (FLS)
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) 12 - AUTOLAND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 T 13 - AFTER LANDING
T 14 - PARKING
2:10 T 15 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX 56 °C VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd1.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 1 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 270/10 9999 15/8 1010
QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 16 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 17 - BEFORE START
18 - ENGINE START WITH
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C EXTERNAL PNEUMATIC POWER &
CROSS BLEED
CI 90 TROPO 36090 19 - AFTER START
HD 10 20 - TAXI
TRIP WIND
3:00 21 - TAKE OFF - PACKS OFF
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 22 - CLIMB FL 150
- ALT CONSTRAINT
385 t 65 t 23 - CRUISE
GW FOB - CAPT EFIS CTL PNL FAULT
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
- HOLDING
320 t 3:25 24 - DESCENT PREPARATION
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 25 - DESCENT
- MANAGED AND SELECTED
NOTES - SPEED CONSTRAINT
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 26 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
AIR COND OFF (SID MOU 1N) T 27 - GO AROUND
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 300 28 - MISSED APPROACH
4:00 29 - DIVERSION
FREEZE

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX 56 °C VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd1.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4A
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.0302.03

MFTD 1 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Highlight the differences in terms of procedures through out all phases of flight in normal
operation
• Apply task sharing and communication
• Study and practice initialization of the FMS and review the various functions using the new
interface
• Present the new systems using ECAM pages

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :
A. REVIEW
Not applicable.
B. NEW EXERCICES / REFERENCES
Standard Flight profile - SOP’s
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Task Sharing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS
• PDP : ALL PHASES Flow pattern
FMS: Initialization - New interfaces and functions
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Cockpit
preparation/MFD FMS INITIALIZATION
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22 - AFS-Flight Management System/System description/Flight
Planning
Normal checklists
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Normal Checklists
Engine Start with External Pneumatic Power
• FCOM/Procedures/Supplementary Procedures/Engines/Unusual Starting Procedures
Use of RMP
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/23 - Communication/How to use the RMP/How to tune a frequency
FCU Backup
• FCOM/Aircraft systems/22 - AFS - Flight Guidance/Abnormal Operations/FCU Backup
C. SUPPORT
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM
* Note: In the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard the information related to handling-
characteristics

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Understanding of the new FMS architecture and new functions
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge and skills when applying procedures during a normal
flight profile

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4B
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 1 SESSION GUIDE

1 :Use the ECAM ELEC page to show the electrical supply using external power
and APU :
Highlight the priorities
- During cockpit preparation: highlight the differences in ECAM system pages
(Hydraulic, Fuel, Wheel)
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- FMS preparation
- SURV page: check default settings
Highlight that compared to the A320 Radar, EGPWS, TCAS controls are grouped
on a single panel.
Show all the functions on the SURV CTL PNL and then call the MFD specific
page dedicated to SURV.
- INIT hard key: press
- STATUS: explain the page and don’t go to FMS P/N (Part Number)
- INIT: Do not explain all the REQUEST options
- IRS: Show the option to “ALIGN ON OTHER REF”
- DEPARTURE:
-Demonstrate the use of TMPY F-PLN
-F-PLN review according to the electronic F-PLN or to the charts
- NAVAIDS:
-Show TUNED FOR DISPLAY
-Show the TUNED FOR FMS NAV: how to deselect NAVAIDS
- FUEL § LOAD
- PERF:
-Show all the flight phases
- SEC INDEX:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

-SEC 1: import “FROM ACTIVE”


-SEC 2: import “FROM ACTIVE” and modify the runway for departure

Note: During aircraft initialization, highlight the fact that messages are displayed in the
message pad at the bottom of the MFD: CLEAR INFO function is used to clear the
messages

- Demonstrate the use of new RMP design.

2 :Highlight the differences on the ECAM DOOR page

3 :Explain the use of the new ECAM Normal Checklist

4 :- Highlight the differences on the ECAM BLEED page


- Explain the start sequence and engine parameters monitoring
- For F/CTL checks show the new page but do not use controls for the check
(done in FFS)

5 :- Pitch trim: explain the pitch trim setting (PFD display and Pitch trim sw)
- Show the controls for Taxi cameras, Video on ECAM and OANS

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4C
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

6 :Explain the power setting (METOTS for TRENT engines)


METOTS : Modified Engine Take Off Thrust Setting

7 :Show the PERF pages and highlight the differences

8 :- During FMS exercises demonstrate the access to functions through the short cut
key and through the menu at each revised waypoint
- DIRECT TO: demonstrate the four accesses and highlight the differences in CRS

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
IN and OUT
- OFFSET: highlight the differences
- Different access to BRG/DIST TO

9 :- Descent preparation: use the predefined flow (ACTIVE, POSITION and SEC)

11 :- Highlight the fact that the deceleration rate is slower than on A320: Slats / Flaps
and Landing gear extension takes more time
- Explain the differences on the speed scale displayed on PFD (Flaps auto exten-
sion, short term managed speed)

16 :- Same full cockpit preparation


- Fail the APU BLEED. Emphasize the use of MMEL on OIS
- Demonstrate how to build a SEC F/PLN using SEC INIT
- Demonstrate how to deselect a NAVAID

The crew has already inserted the ZFW / ZFWCG / FOB figures (refer to syllabus) in
the FMS / FUEL&LOAD page
Explain that the FQMS computes the fuel distribution to ensure a CG target for take-
off of approximately 39,5% (SD page).

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Observe the TRIM TANK fuel quantity and note the value.

The FQMS normally receives (via the avionics system) approx every 10 min an
updated ZFWCG sent by the airline operations via DATALINK (the ground engineer
may also update it using the OMT (laptop located at the rear of the cockpit)), in order
to ensure proper fuel distribution (especially quantity in the trim tank) and final
GWCG target of 39,5%

Then, give the trainees a LOADSHEET last minute change:


ZFW= 325 T
ZFWCG= 37%
Note: Do not change the figures on the IOS to ensure that the current fuel dis-
tribution will not change.

The crew inserts the new figures in the FMS / ACTIVE / FUEL&LOAD page.
Observe that the current fuel distribution does not change. Therefore the FQMS
computes a new GWCG according to the updated ZFW / ZFWCG inserted by the
crew in the FMS.
The crew checks that the updated GWCG is within operational limits:

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4D
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

• If YES:

The crew will request an updated LOADSHEET.


For demonstration, the crew will use the LOADSHEET application on the OIS:
inserts the updated figures above (use the trip fuel displayed on the FUEL & LOAD
page). The crew will change the TRIM TANK value to the actual one checked on SD
(using the TRIM TANK ADJUSTMENT field), then compute.
The TOCG result must be crosschecked versus the FQMS computation (GWCG on
SD).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

If the difference is within 1%, the CM1 signs the LOADSHEET.


If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes (wrong figures insertion, wrong
fuel distribution, FQMS failure….).

• If NO:

To demonstrate GWCG out of operational limits, the instructor inserts on the IOS
the new initial figures (make sure that the crew does not change the figures on
the FMS FUEL & LOAD page to allow the fuel to be redistributed):
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 32%
FOB= 83 T
Give the crew an updated LOADSHEET: The loading set up has changed:
New figures to be inserted by the crew in the FMS:
ZFW= 320 T
ZFWCG= 38%

Observe the updated GWCG on SD: above 44% and amber.


The crew must consider using the AUTO GND XFR procedure
The crew pushes the AUTO GND XFR pb-sw on the OVHD MAINTENANCE panel:
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

Observe on the FUEL SD, the FWD transfer done by the FQMS to obtain a GWCG
of 39,5%. The FQMS will automatic stop the GND XFR when the GWCG 39,5% is
reached.

Due to time constraint (give a new slot for departure), stop the exercise as soon as
the GWCG has turned green or around 41% of GWCG. Explain that it should take
approx 17 min for the fuel to be transferred forward in the feed tanks, in this case.
The transfer rate is approx 600kg per min.
The crew should crosscheck on the OIS the FQMS computation obtained at the end
of the AUTO GND XFR. Crosscheck the TOCG (OIS) versus the GWCG (SD):
If the difference is within 1%, the CM1 signs the LOADSHEET.
If the difference is above 1%, investigate the causes.

22 :Demonstrate how to insert an ALT constraint using the menu at a revised waypoint
or inserting the constraint directly in the F/PLN

23 :Insert FCU 1 FAULT to get CAPT EFIS CTL PNL: demonstrate the use of FCU
backup: restore after demonstration

25 :Demonstrate how to insert a SPEED constraint at a revised waypoint or at a defined


altitude

26 :Demonstrate FD display in TRACK/FPA and VV

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4E
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

27 :Select the PERF page and explain the differences compared to the A320: different
phases of flight in go around
After the GA acceleration altitude:
- Explain that the FMS recovers prediction and vertical managed profile after the
acceleration altitude (CLB, ALT CRZ, DES are available during the missed
approach procedure).
- Explain that the CRZ FL is automatically updated and is the higher of:
• the value selected in the AFS - CP or

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• the higher value of the FPLN (MAP + previous approach)

29 :Demonstrate how to activate (SWAP) a SEC F/PLN after a missed approach proce-
dure

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 4F
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 5
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 9999 15/10 1010
LFLL 270/08 9999 14/10 1010 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 2 - BEFORE START
3 - ENGINE START - START FAULT
CRZ FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:55 6 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS ON
TRIP WIND HD 030 7 - CLIMB FL 180 : FMS EXERCICES
-TIME MARKER
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - FIX INFO
- CLOSEST AIRPORT
385 t 65 t T 8 - CDS RECONFIGURATION
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib T 9 - ECAM PHILOSOPHY / MANAGEMENT
1:40 10 - DIVERSION
320 t 11 - ENGINE FIRE - RESTORE
ZFW ZFWCG 34 %
704 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
NOTES
T 14 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFLL 18R
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 2:10 15 - MISSED APPROACH
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) FREEZE
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : 285

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R /GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd2.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 360/10 2000 BKN 008 5/2 998
BIKF 200/05 9999 -10/-15 1000 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 - GW 450 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBKEF

FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBKEF
16 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 17 - TAXI
2:40 18 - TAKE-OFF - PACKS OFF
CRZ FL 360 CRZ TEMP -54°C 19 - CLIMB FL 310
20 - SYSTEMS REVIEW
CI 90 TROPO 35500
21 - FMS EXERCICES
TRIP WIND TL 090 - INTERACTIVITY WITH ND
- REVIEW DIRECT TO
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD - CMS
- STEP ALT
450 t 130 t 22 - ECAM MANAGEMENT
GW FOB - NOT SENSED PROCEDURES
990 000 Ib 286 000 Ib
T 23 - FUEL LEAK - RESTORE
320 t 3:25 24 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib T 25 - FUEL JETTISON
26 - OVERWEIGHT LANDING
NOTES 27 - DESCENT PREPARATION
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to CO RTE 28 - DESCENT
AIR COND OFF (SID ATN 1E) 29 - LOC APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 250 30 - MISSED APPROACH
31 - FMC B + C FAULT
FREEZE
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 06 / GW 450 t LFZZ 06/ GW 450 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd2.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6A
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.0302.03

MFTD 2 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• Practice SOP’s using proper callouts and cross checks
• Highlight the differences in failure handling using the new ECAM procedures
• Study the Non Precision Approaches using the FLS function (if not retrofitted on A320)
• Study and practice new FMS functions

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization - New interfaces and functions
• SOP: Normal Operations - TASK Sharing

B. EXERCICES / REFERENCES
OIT: Use of Take-off performance and MEL applications·
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Flight Preparation/MEL
ENGINE START FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG START FAULT
ECAM Procedures: new philosophy
• FCTM/OPERATIONAL PHILOSOPHY/ECAM
• PDP: ECAM PHILOSOPHY
CDS reconfiguration
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS/Abnormal Operations
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/31-Indicating-Recording/CDS
FAULT
FUEL LEAK
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/28-fuel/Abnormal Operations/Fuel leak Detection
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/28-Fuel/FUEL LEAK
DETECTED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FUEL LEAK
BRAKES: system review
• FCOM/ Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/32-Landing Gear/BRAKES
FAULT
FMS: FMC FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/22-AFS-Flight Management/Abnormal Operations/ FMC FAULT·
FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/22-Flight Management System/
AUTOFLT FMC FAULT and AUTO FLT FMS FAULT
Non Precision Approach using FLS
• FCOM/Procedures/Normal Procedures/Standard Operating Procedures/Non Precision
Approach
• FCTM/Normal Operations/Non Precision Approach
• PDP/Non Precision Approach

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6B
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

C. SUPPORT
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

* Note: In the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard the information related to handling-
characteristics

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s
• Demonstrate an acceptable knowledge and user skill of the new FMS interface
• Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge of the new ECAM procedures

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6C
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 2 SESSION GUIDE

1 :- Use of OIS for aircraft loading and performance computation


- MMEL item SEC 3 INOPERATIVE

3 :Insert ENG START (4) FAULT due to EGT OVERLIMIT.


When ECAM actions completed, restore, perform a manual engine start on engine 4.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Then, perform a manual start on engine 1 with hot start to highlight the difference of
protections between AUTO and MAN. Restore and perform a quick start through IOS
panel.

7 : Highlight fuel transfer after take-off (load alleviation)

8 :- Highlight the differences between the A320 and the A380


- PFD / ND transfer and Automatic reconfigurations (loss of PFD or EWD) are
identical
- Demonstrate the use of hard key to recover FMS pages: Fail the MFD CAPT side
and push PERF to recover the PERF page on ND
- Call the fuel page : explain fuel transfer according to the actual situation

9 :ECAM system philosophy review and introduction of management

The instructor leads the demo by following this scenario :

(Advisory): use of FCOM to look for


Insert N1 vibration on ENG 1
ECAM advisory
Insert BRAKES ALTN BRK FAULT (level 1)

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
Insert ELEC BAT 1 FAULT (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO (level 2-Master Caution + SC)
Insert ENGINE 1 FIRE (level 3-Master Warning + CRC)
Insert LEFT MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE (level 3 - Master Warning + CRC)

Dot not perform any ECAM actions

After each failure insertion, instructor highlights on EWD and PFD


- Priority between alerts in a same level
- Priority between alerts in different levels
- Priority between limitations on PFD
- Memos on PFD
- Deferred procedure and limitations : Approach deferred proc is inserted chronolog-
ically before approach check list, because the deferred actions to perform can
modifiy the STATUS and the briefing. Consequently, the approach C/L which refer
to STS and briefing is the last protection about aircraft status awareness.
- STATUS

Restore

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6D
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

- Insert a FUEL FEED TK 1 MAIN+STBY PUMPS FAULT and perform ECAM


actions.
Explain the flow before completing all ECAM actions
Complete ECAM actions explaining the use of tick and clear bar
Show the MORE FUEL page
Restore
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Insert HYD G RSVR LEVEL LO and perform ECAM actions


Demonstrate when and how to use DEFERRED PROC
Explain the LIMITATIONS on PFD and ECAM
Show STATUS MORE page
Use of OIS / Laptop for landing performance computation
Restore

10 :- Diversion to LFLL: use the ENABLE ALTERNATE function


- Proceed DIRECT TO TALAR for a VOR-DME 18R

16 :- Initialize the aircraft on Runway 06: engines running


- Use of OIS for performance computation
- Insert flight parameters in the FMS

20 : - BRAKES ALTN BRAKES FAULT


- BRAKES EMER BRAKES FAULT
- CAB PRESS AUTO CTL FAULT
Highlight the differences with the A320: explain braking reconfiguration and
differences in CAB ALT control
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

22 :- Freeze aircraft position for this demonstration


- Demonstrate how to access to the NOT SENSED PROCEDURES using the ABN
PROC pb on the ECP and show the list of procedures
Activate the not sensed L/G LDG with Abnormal WING & BODY L/Gs : Explain that
there are a few procedures whose management is different.
Those PROC are displayed until landing, disregarding normal C/L (e.g. LANDING
WITH 2 ENGs INOP ABN PROC)

23 :- Insert a fuel leak (1000 kg/minute) - FUEL LEAK DETECTED is triggered: compare
Fuel at departure with fuel used + FOB and complete ECAM actions

1st scenario
- Leak is coming from the engine : after engine shut down, do not reset the failure but
insert 0 kg/min
2d scenario
- Leak is coming from the feed tank
- Do not play this scenario but explain the difference to the trainee
Restore

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6E
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

24 :- Proceed DIRECT TO MOU – MOU 1B Arrival – LOC Approach 33R


- Use speed up function if required

25 : - To accelerate the fuel jettison, use fuel tank distribution on the IOS and set XFR
and TRIM TKS to 0 in order to keep FEED TANKS FULL only. Stop at GW 420 t.

29 : Fail the G/S and brief the crew that he must deselect the G/S

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
31 :- Fail FMC B: Demonstrate that FMC C is taking over
- Fail FMC C : Demonstrate FMS SOURCE switching
Restore

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 6F
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 7
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025
LFLL 010/15 9999 -20/-21 1025 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 103 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION


(AIRCRAFT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 2 - BEFORE START
3 - ENGINE START
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 4 - AFTER START
5 - TAXI
CI 90 TROPO 36090
0:40 T 6 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - NO DAMAGE
TRIP WIND HD 25 7 - ENGINE RELIGHT
8 - CLIMB FL 120
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT - RESTORE
T 10 - AIR COND SMOKE - RESTORE
385 t 65 t 1:25 11 - HYD G + Y SYS PRESS LO
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 12 - DESCENT PREPARATION
13 - DESCENT
320 t 14 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 15 - MISSED APPROACH AT 500 ft - RESTORE
NOTES 2:10 16 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT MDA
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FPLN : Refer to CORTE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE ENG ON PAX NUMBER 280

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd3.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 3 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER Time EVENTS
LFZZ 020/15 9999 -20/-21 1025
LFLL 010/15 9999 -20/-21 1025 QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

ACTIVE / INIT INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


FLT NBR A/L ID 103 Co route AIBAIB

FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 17 - COCKPIT PREPARATION


18 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE FAILURE - RESTORE
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
19 - CLIMB FL 120
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 20 - MAIN AVIONICS SMOKE - RESTORE
3:00 21 - AFS CTL PNL FAULT
CRZ FL 120 CRZ TEMP 0°C 22 - DESCENT PREPARATION
23 - DESCENT
CI 90 TROPO 36090
24 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - RESTORE
TRIP WIND HD 25 3:25 25 - MISSED APPROACH
T 26 - SLATS LOCKED
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 3:45 27 - NDB APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R
FREEZE AT 500 FT
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
INIT GATE
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 28 - AFTER LANDING
NOTES 29 - PARKING (TAIL PIPE FIRE)
30 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
RWY COND COMPACTED SNOW FPLN : Refer to CORTE
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N)
ANTI ICE ENG ON PAX NUMBER 280

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

mftd3.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8A
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.0302.03

MFTD 3 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE
• To highlight the differences in abnormal procedures using the new ECAM procedures
• To practice SOP’s using proper call outs and cross checks
• To review new FMS functions

02 - TRAINING TOPICS

A. REVIEW
• FMS initialization
• SOP: Normal operations
• ECAM procedures: new philosophy
• FCU Backup

B. EXERCISES / REFERENCES
ENGINE FAILURE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
• PDP: ENGINE OUT AFTER TAKE-OFF
ENGINE RELIGHT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/ENG RELIGHT IN
FLIGHT
G+Y SYS PRESS LO
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/29-Hydraulic/G+Y SYS PRESS
LO
• FCTM/Abnormal Operations/Hydraulic/G+Y Hydraulic Failures
• PDP: DUAL HYDRAULIC FAILURE
AIR COND SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke Protection/
SMOKE-FUMES AVIONICS SMOKE
• FCTM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Fire Protection/Smoke-Fumes
AVIONIC SMOKE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/26-Fire and Smoke/L(R)
AVIONICS SMOKE
SLATS LOCKED
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/27-Slats-Flaps/ SLATS LOCKED
and SLATS FAULT
ENGINE TAIL PIPE FIRE
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/70-Engines/TAIL PIPE FIRE

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8B
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

C. SUPPORT
• Procedure data package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

* Note: in the FCTM look at procedures only and disregard information related to handling
characteristics

03 – SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA


• Demonstrate proficiency in FMS use
• Demonstrate ability to manage failures using the new ECAM interface
• Demonstrate ability to carry out all normal tasks according to SOP’s

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8C
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

MFTD 3 SESSION GUIDE

1 :- Use OIS / laptop for performance calculation


- Switch off the KBD to demonstrate the use of soft keyboard and restore after a few
insertions

6 :- Insert engine failure with no damage at 200 ft AGL

9,21 : - Trainee 2:

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Show the AFS CP Back up page and all the associated functions
- Demonstrate scroll wheel use and restore: flying demonstration will take place dur-
ing the second part of the session.
- Trainee 1:
- Insert FCU 1 + 2 fault to trigger CAPT AFS CP FAULT. Explain that CAPT and F/O
EFIS CP are also lost in this case.
- Keep the failure until the end of the missed approach
- Provide radar vectors to the crew in order to allow them to practice the use of FCU
back up

10 : - Cabin crew warns the flight crew that smoke is coming from the AIR COND outlets
in the Main and Upper cabin (specific smell: oil burnt)
- The instructor warns the crew that there is also smoke in the cockpit
- Flight crew applies SMOKE / FUMES ABN PROC if the visibility in the cockpit is
sufficient and ECAM is available or refer to the QRH.
- Stress communications between cabin crew and cockpit
- No change when PACK 1 is selected to OFF
- When PACK 2 is selected to OFF (after 2 minutes) insert ENGINE 3 - OIL PRESS
LO
- With PACK 2 OFF Cabin crew will advise the crew that smoke starts to disappear
from the Main and Upper cabin and the instructor informs the crew that smoke is

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
removed from the Cockpit

11 :- Highlight the differences compared to the A320


- Aircraft is in Alternate law but the AP and the ATHR are available
- Call the ECAM F/CTL page and show which surfaces are controlled by the EBHA
or EHA
- Flaps are lost: the handling characteristics will be seen in the FFS
- Approach can be flown with the AP down to 500 ft
- Call the WHEEL page : explain the Landing Gear gravity extension
- Braking with antiskid is available and NWS is available but slow

16,27: - FLS approach in cold weather conditions. Explain that the FLS profile takes into
account the temperature corrections (use of tutorial NPA flown with FLS function,
COLD WEATHER)

17 : - Instructor prepares the aircraft for take-off

18 : - Insert engine failure with damage at 200 ft AGL

19 . - Restore after ECAM actions completed and restart the engine

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.03 Page 8D
A380 L FQE
GROUND PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

20 : - Insert a L MAIN AVNCS SMOKE and tell the crew that a little bit of smoke is coming
from Pedestal panel
- The crew will apply the ECAM procedure and then refer to QRH.
- Cancel the failure when GEN 3 and 4 have been selected to OFF and tell the crew
that the smoke disappears
- Explain the remaining of the procedure if the smoke was still present

26 :- During missed approach, insert a slats locked (by wing tip break) during slats
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

retraction between Conf 1 and Conf 0

29 :- During engine shut down warn the crew that flames are coming out from the Engine
2. Show where to find the Tail pipe fire procedure (No differences from the A320).
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

mftd3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 1
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 1 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 310/10 CAVOK 20/12 1010 Time EVENTS

ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL PRELIMINARY COCKPIT PREPARATION
(AIRCRAFT NOT ELECTRICALLY SUPPLIED)
CPNY RTE AIBAIB
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 2 - ENGINE START
3 - AFTER START
CRZ FL FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 4 - TAXI
5 - TAKE OFF v v
CI 90 TROPO 36090 v v v
6 - CLIMB FL 140
TRIP WIND HD 20 7 - AIRWORK v
8 - DESCENT v v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 9 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
1:30 10 - LANDING
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib INIT HOLDING 1000 FT - LFZZ 33R -
GW 385 t
320 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib 11 - FINAL APPROACHES v
2:00 12 - LANDINGS
NOTES
RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route
INIT HOLDING LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) WIND 240/25
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 450
13 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
14 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 15 - REJECTED LANDING v v
16 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 2:15 17 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs1.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 1 - TRAINEE 2

TRK-FPA
WEATHER
Time EVENTS

ATHR
LFZZ 310/10 CAVOK 20/12 1010

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT 2:25
INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385t
Co route AIBAIB
FLT NBR A/L ID 101
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 18 - TAXI
19 - TAKE-OFF v v
CPNY RTE AIBAIB 20 - CLIMB FL 140 v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 21 - AIRWORK v
22 - DESCENT v v v
CRZ FL FL 180 CRZ TEMP -20°C 23 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
03:05 24 - LANDING
CI 90 TROPO 36090
HD 20 INIT APPROACH 1000 FT - LFZZ 33R
TRIP WIND
GW 385 t
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD
25 - FINAL APPROACHES v
385 t 65 t 03:35 26 - VISUAL PATTERN v
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
320 t INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib WIND 240/25

NOTES 27 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v


RWY COND DRY FPLN : Refer to Co-route 28 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
AIR COND ON (SID MOU 1N) 29 - REJECTED LANDING v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER 450 30 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
03:50 31 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
32 - TAXI TO THE GATE
33 - PARKING
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
34 - SECURING THE AIRCRAFT
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs1.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2A
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.0302.03

FFS 1 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
• To handle the A380 in normal, alternate and direct law using experience from the A320
• To practice SOP’s applicable to the A380
• To review specific changes in panels and controls during cockpit preparation

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• FMS: initialization and use during all flight phases
• Use of OIS / LAPTOP for take-off performance computation

B. NEW EXERCICES / REFERENCES


Use of ETACS
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating-Recording/Video/Description/External and Taxing Aid
Camera System
Use of OANS
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Taxi/Onboard Airport Navigation System
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Airport Navigation
Taxi
• Briefing guide: Taxi
• FCOM/Standard Operating Procedures/Taxi
Take-off: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Take-off
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Take-off
Landing: handling technique
• Briefing guide: Landing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Landing
Rejected landing
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Go around/Rejected landing

C. SUPPORT
• Briefing Guides
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCOM
• FCTM

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2B
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to carry out normal task in accordance with SOP’s
• Ability to handle the aircraft within standard criteria of flight accuracy
• Ability to apply correct take-off and landing technique in cross wind conditions

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2C
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 1 SESSION GUIDE

1 :- Presentation of equipments that are not available in the MFTD


- Show the location of the A380 simulator instructor guide
- Safety equipments (fire extinguishers, escape ropes, torch)
- Seat adjustment, lights
- Laptop installation

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Oxygen masks
- Audio : hand mike, headset, RMP, ACP, PTT
- Use of taxi camera, airport navigation
- First FFS handling characteristics review (NWS, taxi, brake check, flight control
check, take off side stick position, rotation technique)

Reinforce frequency insertion procedure : 2 possibilities


1) Insert all the digit and enter : e.g. : 118.0 or
2) If you insert only 18 without validating it, the field is still active.
Explain the following risk : If the pilot wants to enter another frequency (eg : 135.0),
and enters 35, the result will be 118.35 which is not expected.

- Demonstrate the use of OIS for performance computation

4,32 :- Demonstrate the use of ETACS


- Use simulator facilities to show the position of the landing gear, engines and wing
tips
- Use of Onboard Airport Navigation System to follow the taxi clearance

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
6,20 :Practice FMS during climb
- Place / Bearing / Distance
- Place - Bearing / Place - Bearing
- DIRECT TO on ND

7,21 :- FD off with the VV on


- Practice some steep turns and low speed flight
- Highlight the fact that the handling characteristics are similar to the A320
- Protections are identical: no need for demonstration however ask the pilot to
perform an emergency pull up with maximum bank angle
- Use DIRECT LAW function on IOS: reduce speed to green dot and establish the
aircraft in landing configuration, then clean up the aircraft: practice use of TRIM
switch

11,25 : Five different Approaches for each trainee


- INIT 1000 ft Approach: FD on, ATHR on
- INIT 1000 ft Approach: FD off, VV on, ATHR on
- INIT 1000 ft Approach: FD on, ATHR on - Wind 250/15 kts
- INIT 8 NM - 2NM Left: FD off, VV on, ATHR on - Wind 060/10 kts
- INIT 12 NM: FD on, ATHR on, 6000 - OVC 600 - 010/20 gust 5, turbulence 20%

15,29 : Rejected landing below 100 feet


After go around insert wind 240/10.

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 2D
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

ffs1gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 3
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 2 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 270/15 6000 BKN 008 3/1 998 Time EVENTS

ATHR
BIKF 280/10 CAVOK -10 / -12 1007

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t
FLT NBR A/L ID 102 Co route AIBKEF
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN
1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 2 - ENGINE START
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 3 - AFTER START
4 - TAXI
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -58°C 00:45 5 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) v v
6 - CLIMB FL 100 v v v
CI 90 TROPO 37100 7 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
8 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
TRIP WIND HD 070
9 - GO AROUND -MISSED APP v v
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 10 - LOC APP (G/S INOP) - LFZZ 33R v v
11 - LANDING (OVERWEIGHT)
569 t 219 t 01:45 12 - 180° ON RUNWAY
GW FOB
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
350 t ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
ZFW ZFWCG 36 %
770 000 Ib 290/12 6000 BKN 012
Co route PAT 33R
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to Co-route 13 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
AIR COND OFF DEP : ATC Clearance 14 - ADR 1 + 2 + 3 FAULT v
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 500 15 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
02:10 16 - LANDING

E
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
V1 v TOGA V1 v TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 122 TOGA V1 126 TOGA

VR 131 v FLEX 57 VR 127 v FLEX 54

V2 138 DERATED V2 133 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs2.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 4
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 2 - TRAINEE 1

TRK-FPA
WEATHER
EVENTS

ATHR
LFZZ 270/15 6000 BKN 008 3/1 998 Time

AP
FD
BIKF 280/15 CAVOK -10 / -12 1007

ACTIVE / INIT INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t


Co route AIBKEF
FLT NBR A/L ID 102
FROM LFZZ TO BIKF ALTN EINN 2:25 17 - TAKE OFF (MTOW) - PACKS OFF v v
18 - CLIMB FL100 v v v
CPNY RTE AIBKEF 19 - RETURN TO DEPARTURE v v v
ALTN RTE KEFSNN 20 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v v
21 - GO AROUND - MISSED APP v v
CRZ FL FL 360 CRZ TEMP -58°C 22 - VOR-DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v
23 - LANDING - OVERWEIGHT
CI 90 TROPO 37100 03:25 24 - 180° ON RUNWAY
TRIP WIND HD 070
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD ZFW 320 t - FOB 65 t
290/12 6000 BKN 012
569 t 219 t Co route AIBAIB1
GW FOB
1 232 000 Ib 462 000 Ib
25 - TAKE OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
350 t 26 - NAV ALL AIR DATA DISAGREE v
ZFW ZFWCG 36 %
770 000 Ib 27 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - DIRECT LAW v
3:50 28 - LANDING
NOTES
RWY COND WET FPLN : Refer to Co-route INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 24 - GW 569 t
AIR COND OFF DEP : ATC Clearance
ANTI ICE ON PAX NUMBER : 500 29 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v

RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272


ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t LFZZ 24 / GW 569 t
V1 v TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 122 TOGA V1 126 TOGA

VR 131 v FLEX 57 VR 127 v FLEX 54

V2 138 DERATED V2 133 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs2.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 4A
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.0302.03

FFS 2 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE :
- To practice MTOW and overweight landing
- To practice rejected take-off
- To practice new functions specific to the A380: NPA approaches using FLS
- To practice Back Up Speed in Direct law

02 - TRAINING TOPICS :

A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• Non Precision Approach using FLS
• Take-off and landing techniques

B. NEW EXERCICES / REFERENCES


Max Take-off weight
• FCTM/NORMAL OPERATIONS/Take-off/Take-off at heavy weight
Taxi - 180° turn on 60 m runway
• Briefing guide: Taxi - 180° turn on 60 m runway
• FCOM/Standard Operating Procedures/Taxi/180° turn on 60 m wide runway
Overweight landing
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/80-Miscellaneous/
OVERWEIGHT LDG
• FCOM/Procedures/Not Sensed Procedures/Miscellaneous/OVERWEIGHT LDG
ADR1+2+3 FAULT - Backup Speed Scale
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/Unreliable Speed
Indication
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/34-Navigation/ADR1+2+3FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/31-Indicating - Recording/EFIS/PFD/Backup Scales
• Briefing guide: BACK UP SPEED SCALE (BUSS)

C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCTM
• FCOM

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA :


• Ability to fly the aircraft in direct law using back up speed scale
• Demonstrate proficiency in normal manoeuvers: take-off, approach and landing
• Demonstrate proficiency in FMS use and NPA approaches using FLS

ffs2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 4B
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 2 SESSION GUIDE

1 : Explain that the flight is planned with landing weight far above MLW for training pur-
pose (Take-off at MTOW consideration)

4,17 :Clearance for departure: RWY heading to 2000 ft - Right turn to intercept ATN 240°
radial inbound.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

On the OANS, demonstrate the use of FLAGS to identify the taxi clearance.

5,17 :New feature on PFD speed scale for Flaps auto retraction

6 :- Insert weather cells to demonstrate the use of the Radar

7,19 :- In order to return to departure choose between the following


- PACK 1 + 2 OVERHEAT at 9000 ft
- Window crack (No diagnostic possible)
- Medical emergency
- Decrease GW to 440t - Cancel runway: wet
- Return to departure: Radar vectors for ILS 33R
- Notify the crew that he is not having enough time for jettison due to problems with
passengers (behavior, sickness, riot …)
- Demonstrate the Flaps auto extension at 205 kts

8 :- Fail G/S at 800 ft

12,24 :- Vacate on runway 24 to make the 180° on a 60 m width runway


INSTRUCTOR ONLY

13,25 :- Insert windshear after rotation (light)


- On Resets /Freezes page activate the crash inhibit function

14 : In downwind, when aircraft is cleaned up, set 3 ADR OFF for BUSS demonstration
Weather : CAVOK

20 : Decrease ceiling at 200 ft and fail ILS at 400 ft

26 : In downwind, when aircraft is cleaned up, set ADR 2 + 3 OFF. Then, 1 minute later,
insert CAPT L+R PITOT BLOCKED
Weather : CAVOK

29 :- INIT Take-off 33R


• 1st rejected take-off: 50 kts (engine failure)
• 2d rejected take-off: V1 - 15 kts (engine fire)

Note:
Circling approaches will be performed under specific airline requirement (if approved by the
local Authority): in this case an additional 30 minutes will be required to complete the
session.

ffs2gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 5
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 3 - TRAINEE 2
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 350/10 8000 OVC 008 15/12 1002 Time EVENTS

ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT „ INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Engines running - NIGHT VISUAL
FLT NBR A/L ID 103
Co route PAT 33R
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
1 - TAXI
CPNY RTE PAT 33R
„ 2 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v
ALTN RTE AIB LYS 3 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
4 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +8°C 00:45 5 - LANDING - ONE ENG OUT

CI 90 TROPO 36090
INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 24 - GW 500 t
TRIP WIND N/A ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t - DAY VISUAL
330/10
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD SID MOU 1W

385 t 65 t 6 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE


„ v v
GW FOB 7 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
„ 8 - RNAV APP (FLS) - LFZZ 24 v v v
320 t 9 - GO AROUND v v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib „ 10 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
11 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
NOTES 1:35 12 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT
RWY COND DRY DEP : N/A
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) „ INIT BASE LEG - LFZZ 33R
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A
„ 13 - RADAR VECTORS v v
14 - VISUAL APP - LFZZ 33R v v
E
1:50 15 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF If time permits: Exercises at trainee and
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t instructor discretion

V1 122 TOGA V1 128 TOGA

VR 131 v FLEX 57 VR 131 v FLEX 58

V2 138 DERATED V2 138 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t
V1 143 TOGA V1 143 TOGA

VR 157 v FLEX 47 VR 156 v FLEX 47

V2 162 DERATED V2 161 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR


1+F 2

ffs3.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 6
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 3 - TRAINEE 1

TRK-FPA
WEATHER
Time EVENTS

ATHR
LFZZ 350/10 8000 OVC 008 15/12 1002

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT 2:05 INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co route PAT 33R - NIGHT VISUAL
FLT NBR A/L ID 103
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL „ 16 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v
17 - CLIMB 4000 ft v v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 18 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R - ONE ENG OUT v v
ALTN RTE AIB LYS 19 - LANDING

CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +10°C INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 24 - GW 500 t
ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t - DAY VISUAL
CI 90 TROPO 36090 330/10
SID MOU 1W
TRIP WIND -

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 2:30 „ 20 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FAILURE v v


21 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
385 t 65 t „ 22 - RNAV APP (FLS) - LFZZ 24 v v v
GW FOB 23 - GO AROUND v v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
„ 24 - RADAR VECTORS v v v
320 t 25 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
ZFW ZFWCG 35 % v
704 000 Ib 3:20 26 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT

NOTES „ INIT BASE LEG - LFZZ 33R


RWY COND DRY DEP : N/A
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) „ 27 - RADAR VECTORS v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A 28 - ILS APP - LFZZ 33R v v
3:35 29 - LANDING - TWO ENGINES OUT

INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 - GW 500 t


RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272 ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF RR TRENT 972 : Conf 3 - V1:144 - VR: 160 -
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t V2: 165 - Flex 44° C
EA GP 7272 : Conf 3 - V1:143 - VR: 159 -
V1 122 TOGA V1 128 TOGA V2:164 - Flex 44° C

VR 131 v FLEX 57 VR 131 v FLEX 58 „ 30 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v

V2 138 DERATED V2 138 DERATED


INIT TAKE OFF - LFZZ 06 - GW 500 t
FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR
„ 31 - TAKE OFF - REJECTED v v
32 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF
3:50 33 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t LFZZ 24 / GW 500 t
V1 143 TOGA V1 143 TOGA If time permits: Exercises at trainee and
instructor discretion
VR 157 v FLEX 47 VR 156 v FLEX 47

V2 162 DERATED V2 161 DERATED

FLAPS OPT THS FOR FLAPS OPT THS FOR


1+F 2

ffs3.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 6A
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.0302.03

FFS 3 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE
• To practice the engine failure on A380 highlighting the fact that the procedure is similar
• To practice approach and landing with two engines inoperative on the same wing
• To practice the on ground emergency evacuation

02 - TRAINING TOPICS

A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• Non Precision Approach using FLS
• Rejected Take-off

B. NEW EXERCISES / REFERENCES


Engine Failure during Take-off
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/ENG FAIL
Approach with two engines out
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/70-Engines/LDG WITH 2 ENGs
INOP ON THE SAME WING
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/80-Miscellaneous/EMER EVAC

C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCTM
• FCOM

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA


• Demonstrate the ability to perform all exercises, using the correct procedures and
techniques in accordance with SOP's
• Demonstrate the ability to perform a one / two engine out approach and landing
• Demonstrate the ability to perform an emergency evacuation using good crew coordination

ffs3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 6B
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 3 SESSION GUIDE

INIT HOLDING POINT:


- The instructor will prepare the aircraft and the crew will prepare the FMS
- Aircraft will be given to the trainee in Take-off configuration ready for the Before
Take-off checklist
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

2,16 :- Night environment for this traffic pattern


- Insert an engine flame out (with damage) at 30 feet
- Highlight the fact that the engine out profile is the same as the one for A320

6,20 :- LFZZ to LFZZ with MOU 1W Departure


- Insert an engine flame out (with damage) after V1

8,22 :- Insert weather CATII

10,24 :- Decrease GW to 380t


- Weather: CAVOK - 310/10 kts
- Clearance : maintain speed 250 kts to highlight the engine relight with windmilling.
- Insert an engine failure with no damage (second engine on the same wing).
Relight is unsuccessful (insert EGT overlimit)

INIT BASE LEG :


- INIT 8NM - 2NM Left or right
- Slew altitude to 3200 ft
- All ECAM actions and procedure have been completed
- Select V/S: 700 ft/mn to stay on the G/S until LOC interception (with APPR mode
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

armed)

13,27 :- Assist the crew for LOC and G/S interception

30 :- Rejected take-off at 70 kts (engine failure)

31 :- Rejected Take-off at V1-15kts (non extinguishable fire)

Note:
The session allows extra time and some exercises can be repeated at instructor / trainee
discretion.

ffs3gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 7
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

E
FFS 4 - TRAINEE 1
WEATHER

TRK-FPA
LFZZ 300/10 8000 OVC 010 20/16 1010 Time EVENTS

ATHR
AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT INIT GATE A1 - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
Co route PAT 33R
FLT NBR A/L ID 104
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL 1 - COCKPIT PREPARATION
2 - ENGINE START
CPNY RTE PAT 33R
3 - AFTER START
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 4 - TAXI
5 - TAKE OFF v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +8°C 6 - CLIMB TO 4000 ft v v v
7 - FLAPS SYS 1 + 2 FAULT v v v
CI 90 TROPO 36900
8 - VOR - DME APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
TRIP WIND N/A 1:15 9 - LANDING - NO FLAPS

ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
CAVOK - 060/20
385 t 65 t
GW FOB
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib 10 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
11 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
320 t 1:30 12 - LANDING - CROSSWIND
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT - LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
NOTES
300/15 OVC 008
RWY COND DRY DEP : N/A Co route AIBAIB 1 - SID MOU 1N
AIR COND ON (SID 1B)
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A 13 - TAKE OFF v v
14 - CLIMB FL 80 v v v
15 - ALL GENERATORS FAULT v
E
16 - DESCENT v
RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
17 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 2:05 18 - LANDING
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR v FLEX VR v FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t
V1 TOGA V1 TOGA

VR FLEX VR FLEX

V2 DERATED V2 DERATED

FLAPS THS FOR FLAPS THS FOR

ffs4.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 8
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 4 - TRAINEE 2

TRK-FPA
WEATHER
Time EVENTS

ATHR
LFZZ 300/10 8000 OVC 010 20/16 1010

AP
FD
ACTIVE / INIT
2:15 INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t -
FLT NBR A/L ID 104 Co route PAT 33R
FROM LFZZ TO LFZZ ALTN LFLL
19 - TAKE OFF v v
CPNY RTE PAT 33R 20 - CLIMB TO 4000 FT v v v
ALTN RTE AIBLYS 21 - FLAPS LOCKED (WING TIP BRAKES) v v v
22 - NDB APP (FLS) - LFZZ 33R v v v v
CRZ FL 4000 ft CRZ TEMP +8°C 2:40 23 - LANDING - NO FLAPS

CI 90 TROPO 36900 INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t


N/A CO Route AIBAIB1
TRIP WIND
ACTIVE FUEL & LOAD 24 - TAKE OFF v v
25 - CLIMB FL 70 v v v
385 t 65 t 26 - FMS 1 + 2 FAULT v v v
GW FOB 27 - DESCENT v v v
847 000 Ib 143 000 Ib
28 - ILS APP (RAW DATA) - LFZZ 33R v
320 t 3:15 29 - LANDING
ZFW ZFWCG 35 %
704 000 Ib
INIT HOLDING POINT LFZZ 33R - GW 385 t
NOTES CAVOK - 240/20
RWY COND DRY DEP : N/A
AIR COND ON (SID 1B) 30 - TAKE OFF - CROSSWIND v v
ANTI ICE OFF PAX NUMBER : N/A 31 - VISUAL PATTERN v v
32 - LANDING - CROSSWIND

IF 2 CAPT: INIT APPROACH - LFZZ 33R


RR Trent 972 EA GP 7272
ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF 33 - ILS APPROACH (EMER ELEC CONF) v
LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t LFZZ 33R / GW 385 t 34 - LANDING

V1 TOGA V1 TOGA 3:30 INIT TAKE OFF LFZZ 06 - GW 500 t


ZFW 350 t - FOB 150 t
VR v FLEX VR v FLEX
35 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE FIRE v v
V2 DERATED V2 DERATED 36 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
37 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION
FLAPS 2 THS FOR FLAPS 2 THS FOR

ACTIVE / PERF ACTIVE / PERF


LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t LFZZ 06 / GW 500 t
V1 143 TOGA V1 142 TOGA

VR 157 v FLEX 44 VR 156 v FLEX 44

V2 162 DERATED V2 161 DERATED

FLAPS 3 THS FOR FLAPS 3 THS FOR

ffs4.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 8E
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.0302.03

FFS 4 SESSION PREPARATION

01 - SESSION OBJECTIVE
• To operate the aircraft in normal and abnormal situations according to SOP’s
• To practice no flaps approach and landing
• To practice emergency electrical configuration including approach and landing in direct law

02 - TRAINING TOPICS

A. REVIEW
• SOP’s - Task sharing
• Non Precision Approach using FLS
• Rejected Take-off

B. NEW EXERCISES / REFERENCES


ELEC emergency configuration
• FCOM/ABNORMAL OPERATIONS/Electrical/Emergency Electrical Configuration
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency Procedures/24-Electrical/ELEC EMER
CONFIG
Landing with Flaps locked
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/27-Slats-Flaps/FLAPS LOCKED
and FLAPS SYS 1+2 FAULT
FMS 1+2 FAULT
• FCOM/Procedures/Abnormal and Emergency procedures/22-Flight Management System/
FMS 1+2 FAULT
• FCOM/Aircraft Systems/34-Navigation/Standby Instruments

C. SUPPORT
• Briefing guides
• Procedure Data Package (PDP)
• FCTM
• FCOM

03 - SESSION PROFICIENCY CRITERIA


• Demonstrate the ability to perform all exercises, using the correct procedures and
techniques in accordance with SOP's
• Understanding of all new A380 features
• The trainee is proficient in all exercises listed for the issuance of the type rating

ffs4gd.fm
CCQ A320 TO A380 COURSE 02.04 Page 8F
A380 L FQE
HANDLING PHASE
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

FFS 4 SESSION GUIDE

1 :- Departure under MEL: FLAPS SYS 1 FAULT

7 :- Insert FLAPS SYS 2 FAULT after Flaps retraction

IF 2 CAPT :
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- INIT APPROACH at 12 NM: do not reset the all generators failure

21 :- Insert flaps locked by wingtips brakes when flaps are below 1

INIT HOLDING POINT 33R :


- F/PLN: 33R - MOU 1N - MBY - ROA - ILS 33R

26 : - At 4000 ft insert FMC C FAULT: use of reset procedure


- FL 70: insert FMC A+B FAULT
• FOR NAVIGATION : Show the different items of the SFD and SND menu.
- Insert on the SND 2 or 3 waypoints (MBY: 109.6 - N4632.5 / E00330.0 and
ROA for example) and AIB as a fix.
- Explain that you can insert a FIX in the SND and a different one in the SFD.
- Make a Direct TO using the LS / D . Explain that this pb has 2 functions:
1 - DIR TO on SND, 2 - Display of LS scale on SFD.
- Explain the MODE pb.
• FOR NAVAID TUNING : Demonstrate how to insert navaid frequencies and
courses on RMP STBY RAD NAV.

35 :- Runway 06
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

- Rejected take-off at V1 - 15 kts

ffs4gd.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI

SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.00 Page 1


A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.07.00

02.07.01 - INTRODUCTION

02.07.02 - STANDARD, LANGUAGE ADAPTED AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES

- SCENARIO 1 ....................................................................... Page 1


• TRAINEE 1 - LFLL / LFBO
• TRAINEE 2 - LFBO / LFLL

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- SCENARIO 2........................................................................ Page 2
• TRAINEE 1 - EDDF / LSZH
• TRAINEE 2 - LSZH / LFBO

INSTRUCTOR ONLY

02-07-00.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.00 Page 2
A380
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 03 NOV 2007
02.07.00

PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK


INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

02-07-00.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.01 Page 1
A380
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009
02.07.01INTRODUCTION

SKILL TEST SYLLABI SESSION GUIDE

01 - INTRODUCTION
The Skill test is conducted at the end of the training session(s).
The Skill test session must be conducted by an Authorized examiner and the content of the
session must be approved by the relevant Authority.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
(For Skill tests conducted in the AIRBUS TRTO, refer to guidelines published on Airbus
People intranet)

02 - SESSION OBJECTIVE
Assessment of the ability to operate the aircraft in normal, abnormal and emergency
operations to standard in accordance with SOPs and meeting the relevant standards of
accuracy.

03 - TRAINING TOPICS

A. GENERAL
• A skill test scenario consists in series of exercises in a simulated commercial air trans-
port environment.
• A skill test scenario starts as a line oriented flight in which, some specific events have
been inserted. Depending upon crew decision, these events may lead either to a diver-
sion or a continuation to destination. This will enable to check the candidate making deci-
sions appropriate to the operational situation. The skill test continues with additional

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
items which complete the minimum required per trainee by the JAR-FCL.
• Each scenario fulfils the requirement of JAR-FCL (Arrêté du 29 Mars 1999) with the
arrangements indicated in "DGAC Instruction 10852"
• The FCL item 3.9.3.1 ILS APROACH RAW DATA may be an ILS approach down to a
DH of 200 ft manually flown without FD but with VV (BIRD).

B. FLIGHT PREPARATION
Prior to starting the briefing, the crew receives the session documents (files available in the
“INST SUP FLIGHT” menu on Airbus People server) : computerised FPLN, loadsheet, the
list of airport forecast and NOTAMs.
The fuel quantity to be boarded is decided by the trainees.
The crew will be given a slot for departure in order to avoid too long preparations. The
Examiner will check the ability of the candidate to plan the flight from this material.

02-07-01.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.01 Page 2
A380
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

C. CONDUCTING THE SESSION


- The briefing should cover the following :
• The objective of the test
• Freedom for the crew to ask questions
• Check licenses as necessary
• SOP’s to be followed
• Operating capacity and roles of the PF, PNF and the examiner
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

• Radio AIds to be identified by the trainee, visually or aurally


• A list of the SKILL TEST mandatory requirements, not necessarily in sequence

- In the Simulator
• Follow the approved scenario. If the simulator does not perform properly, call
maintenance and interrupt the session
• Ensure that the test is completed efficiently and without wasted time
• Exercice sound judgement and be impartial throughout. To assist with this, each
examiner should maintain a record of the test/check so that all aspects may be
debriefed comprehensively

- Debriefing
• Conduct a fair and unbiased debriefing based on identifiable factual items
• 02.07.0

D. SUGGESTED BRIEFING
The candidates are briefed by the Examiner as suggested :

• "The skill test comprises 2 main parts. It starts as a line oriented flight in which some spe-
cific events have been inserted. Follow the departure clearance and deal with any prob-
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

lems or emergencies as they occur using the procedures and techniques learnt during
the training course. Take all appropriate decisions .
• You should use Airbus standard procedures or your own company procedures, if differ-
ent.
• You are responsible for liaison with ATC, safe operation and navigation of the aircraft.
Make sure that you correctly understand ATC instructions.
• The second part comprises the remaining items in order to meet the Authorities require-
ments. It will be necessary for me to initialize the simulator in order to carry out the exer-
cises. I will keep you advised when I have control of the simulator and when I return
control to you.
• You may communicate to each other in your mother language to facilitate procedures,
but keep me informed about what you are doing and remember you must speak English
to ATC.
• Treat this session as if it was a normal commercial flight. Do not waste time but do not
allow yourselves to be rushed. You must tell ATC what you require.
• Make good use of the published documentation for en-route and terminal areas. Set and
observe the appropriate minima.

02-07-01.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.01 Page 3
A380
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

D. SUGGESTED BRIEFING (END)


• Make full use of the aircraft equipment and all resources at your disposal including the
automation. However for the purpose of the skill test I will indicate during the second
part, which level of automation you are authorized to use for instance it is required you
demonstrate your ability to fly manually one engine out approach.
• Remember the importance of task sharing and good crew coordination. You are
assessed as PF and PNF.

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
• Use headsets. Consider me as ATC, ground engineer and cabin crew.
• The weather or aircraft parameters might vary for some sequences. I will advise you of
the changes.
• For departure, use the data given on the provided forms."

04 - PROFICIENCY CRITERIA
The candidate shall demonstrate its ability to :
• perform normal and abnormal procedures according to SOP.
• perform manoeuvres required with smoothness, using the correct procedures and
techniques, according to the standard of accuracy required by regulations.
• understand and apply crew co-ordination,
• communicate effectively with the other crew member

The following limits are for general guidance :


- Height Generally ............................................................................... +/- 100 feet
- Starting a go-around at decision height ........................................... + 50 feet / -0 feet
- Minimum descent height/ altitude ..................................................... + 50 feet / -0 feet
- Tracking on radio aids ....................................................................... +/- 5°

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
- Precision approach............................................................................ half scale deflection,
azimuth and glide path
- Heading
• all engines operating ...................................................................... +/- 5°
• with simulated engine failure .......................................................... +/- 10°
- Speed
• all engines operating ...................................................................... +/- 5 knots
• with simulated engine failure........................................................... + 10 knots/ -5 knots

PASS/FAIL CRITERIA AND RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE EXAMINER :


The applicant shall pass all sections of the skill test/proficiency check. Failure in more than
5 items will require the applicant to take the entire test/check again. Any applicant failing 5 or
less items shall take the failed items again.
Failure in any item of the re-test/re-check including those items that have been passed at a
previous attempt will require the applicant to take the entire test/check again.

Further training may be required after a failed test/check. Failure to achieve a valid pass in all
sections in two attempts shall require further training as determined by the examiner. There is
no limit to the number of skill tests/proficiency checks that may be attempted.

02-07-01.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.01 Page 4
A380
INTRODUCTION
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM Issue 05 FEB 2009

04 - PROFICIENCY CRITERIA (END)


At the discretion of the Examiner any manoeuvre or procedure of the test/check may be
repeated once by the applicant, e.g. if a pilot fails to achieve a satisfactory standard on an
item, the Examiner may repeat that item. As a general guidance the Examiner should only
exercise his discretion to repeat an item when he considers that the applicant does not require
remedial training, this is most likely to occur when the error is of a procedural or technical
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

nature. Such repeats must be indicated on training records, they are not entered on the
LPC/LST MPA form.
The Examiner may stop the test/check at any stage if it is considered that the applicant's
competency requires a complete re-test/re-check.

05 - SESSION GUIDE
Refer to scenarii on the the “INST SUP FLIGHT” on the server.
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

02-07-01.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.02 Page 1
A380
STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 03 NOV 2007

02.07.02STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES


JAR FCL TRK
Time REF SKILL TEST FFS - SCENARIO 1 AP FD ATHR
FPA
TRAINEE 1 - LFLL / LFBO
1.4 1 - TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
1.4 2 - BEFORE START
1.4 3 - ENGINE START
1.4 4 - AFTER ENGINE START
00:35 1.5 5 - TAXI OUT
1.6 6 - BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS
00:40 2.2 /.3.6.5 7 - TAKE-OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
3.9.1 8 - SID v v v

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
00:55 9 - CLIMB v v v
01:10 3.4.5 10 - CRUISE - YELLOW HYD LO PRESS v v v
01:20 3.6.9 11 - DESCENT - TCAS EVENT v
3.9.1 12 - STAR v v v
01:30 3.9.4 13 - NON PRECISION APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
01:35 5.1 14 - LANDING - Restore v v

INIT T/O
01:45 2.5.2 15 - TAKE-OFF - ENGINE 1 FAILURE between V1 and V2 v v
02:00 16 - RADAR VECTORS v v
3.9.3.4/
v v
3.9.3.1 17 - ILS APPROACH 1 ENGINE OUT
02:05 4.3 18 - GO AROUND 1 ENGINE OUT v v
19 - DOWNWIND ENGINE 2 FIRE - AP AVAILABLE v v v
3.6.8 20 - PROCEDURE 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
21 - ILS APPROACH 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
02:25 5.6 22 - LANDING 2 ENGINE OUT - Restore v v

INIT TAKE OFF /


CAT 1 WEATHER
3.6.1 23 - ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 (UNEXTINGUISHABLE FIRE) v v
2.6 24 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
02:35 3.6.1 25 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION

TRAINEE 2 - LFBO / LFLL

INSTRUCTOR ONLY
INIT HOLDING
1.4 26 - AFTER ENGINE START
1.5 27 - TAXI OUT
1.6 28 - BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS
02:45 2.5.2 29 - TAKE OFF - ENGINE 4 FAILURE between V1 and V2 v v
3.4.4/3.9.1 30 - SID - RADAR VECTORS - GEN X FAULT v v v v
3.9.3.1/ 31 - ILS APPROACH 1 ENGINE OUT
3.9.3.4
v v
03:05 4.3 32
- - GO AROUND 1 ENGINE OUT v v
3.4.0 33
- - RADAR VECTORS - RESTORE AP - ENGINE 3 OIL LOW PRES. v v v
3.6.8 34
- - PROCEDURE 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
35 - ILS APPROACH 2 ENGINES OUT v v v
03:25 5.6 36 - LANDING 2 ENGINE OUT - RESTORE v v

INIT T/O
2.2 37 - TAKE OFF v v
38 - RADAR VECTORS v v v v
3.9.4 39 - NON PRECISION APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
03:45 5.1 40 - LANDING v v

IF NON STANDARD CREW


INIT TAKE OFF /
CAT 1 WEATHER
3.6.1 41 - ENGINE FIRE BEFORE V1 (UNEXTINGUISHABLE FIRE) v v
2.6 42 - REJECTED TAKE OFF
03:50 3.6.1 43 - EMERGENCY EVACUATION

TRtest.fm
SKILL TEST SYLLABI 02.07.02 Page 2
A380
STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAM TYPE RATING COURSES Issue 03 NOV 2007

02.07.0202.07.02STANDARD, ADAPTED AND CCQ TYPE RATING COURSES


JAR FCL TRK
Time REF SKILL TEST FFS - SCENARIO 2 AP FD ATHR
FPA
TRAINEE 1 - EDDF / LSZH
1.4 1 - TRANSIT COCKPIT PREPARATION
1.4 2 - BEFORE START
1.4 3 - ENGINE START
1.4 4 - AFTER ENGINE START
00:35 1.5 5 - TAXI OUT
1.6 6 - BEFORE TAKE-OFF CHECKS
00:40 2.2 /.3.6.5 7 - TAKE-OFF - WINDSHEAR v v
3.9.1 8 - SID v v v
INSTRUCTOR ONLY

00:50 3.4.5 9 - HYD GREEN SYSTEM OVERHEAT v v v


01:00 10 - CRUISE v v v
01:10 3.4.6 11 - DESCENT - FCTL SINGLE RUDDER FAULT v v v
3.9.1 12 - STAR v v v
01:20 3.9.4 13 - NON PRECISION APPROACH (FLS) v v v v
01:25 5.1 14 - LANDING - Restore